]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
13 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
14 | ||
15 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
16 | #pragma hdrstop | |
17 | #endif | |
18 | ||
19 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
20 | ||
21 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
22 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
23 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
24 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
25 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
26 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
27 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
28 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
29 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
30 | #include "wx/intl.h" | |
31 | #include "wx/math.h" | |
32 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
33 | #endif | |
34 | ||
35 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
37 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
38 | #include "wx/renderer.h" | |
39 | ||
40 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
42 | ||
43 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
44 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
45 | #else | |
46 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
47 | #endif | |
48 | ||
49 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
50 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
51 | #else | |
52 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
53 | #endif | |
54 | ||
55 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
56 | #include <ctype.h> | |
57 | ||
58 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
59 | // array classes | |
60 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
61 | ||
62 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs, | |
63 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
64 | ||
65 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
66 | { | |
67 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
68 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
69 | { | |
70 | } | |
71 | ||
72 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
73 | { | |
74 | attr->DecRef(); | |
75 | } | |
76 | ||
77 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
78 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
79 | ||
80 | // Cannot do this: | |
81 | // DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr) | |
82 | // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor. | |
83 | }; | |
84 | ||
85 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray, | |
86 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
87 | ||
88 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
89 | ||
90 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
91 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
92 | ||
93 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
94 | // events | |
95 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
96 | ||
97 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
98 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
99 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
100 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
101 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG) | |
102 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
103 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
104 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE) | |
109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
113 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
114 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
115 | ||
116 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
117 | // private classes | |
118 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
119 | ||
120 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
121 | { | |
122 | public: | |
123 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
124 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
125 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
126 | ||
127 | private: | |
128 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
129 | ||
130 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
131 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
132 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
133 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
134 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
135 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
136 | ||
137 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
138 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
139 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
140 | }; | |
141 | ||
142 | ||
143 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
144 | { | |
145 | public: | |
146 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
147 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
148 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
149 | ||
150 | private: | |
151 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
152 | ||
153 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
154 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
155 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
156 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
157 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
158 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
159 | ||
160 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
161 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
162 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
163 | }; | |
164 | ||
165 | ||
166 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
167 | { | |
168 | public: | |
169 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
170 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
171 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
172 | ||
173 | private: | |
174 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
175 | ||
176 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
177 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
178 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
179 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
180 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
181 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
182 | ||
183 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
184 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
185 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
186 | }; | |
187 | ||
188 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow | |
189 | { | |
190 | public: | |
191 | wxGridWindow() | |
192 | { | |
193 | m_owner = NULL; | |
194 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
195 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
196 | } | |
197 | ||
198 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
199 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
200 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
201 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
202 | ~wxGridWindow() {} | |
203 | ||
204 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
205 | ||
206 | wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; } | |
207 | ||
208 | private: | |
209 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
210 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
211 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
212 | ||
213 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
214 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
215 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
216 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
217 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
218 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
219 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
220 | void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& ); | |
221 | ||
222 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
223 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
224 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
225 | }; | |
226 | ||
227 | ||
228 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
229 | { | |
230 | public: | |
231 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
232 | : m_grid(grid), | |
233 | m_editor(editor), | |
234 | m_inSetFocus(false) | |
235 | { | |
236 | } | |
237 | ||
238 | void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); | |
239 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
240 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
241 | ||
242 | void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; } | |
243 | ||
244 | private: | |
245 | wxGrid *m_grid; | |
246 | wxGridCellEditor *m_editor; | |
247 | ||
248 | // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to | |
249 | // a combobox within a set focus event. | |
250 | bool m_inSetFocus; | |
251 | ||
252 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
253 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
254 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
255 | }; | |
256 | ||
257 | ||
258 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) | |
259 | ||
260 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
261 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) | |
262 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
263 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
264 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
265 | ||
266 | ||
267 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
268 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
269 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
270 | ||
271 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
272 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData | |
273 | { | |
274 | public: | |
275 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
276 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
277 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
278 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
279 | ||
280 | private: | |
281 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
282 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
283 | ||
284 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
285 | }; | |
286 | ||
287 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
288 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
289 | { | |
290 | public: | |
291 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
292 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {} | |
293 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
294 | ||
295 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
296 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
297 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
298 | ||
299 | private: | |
300 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
301 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
302 | }; | |
303 | ||
304 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
305 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
306 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
307 | { | |
308 | public: | |
309 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
310 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
311 | m_colAttrs; | |
312 | }; | |
313 | ||
314 | ||
315 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
316 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
317 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
318 | ||
319 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
320 | { | |
321 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
322 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
323 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
324 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
325 | {} | |
326 | ||
327 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
328 | { | |
329 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
330 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
331 | } | |
332 | ||
333 | wxString m_typeName; | |
334 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
335 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
336 | ||
337 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo) | |
338 | }; | |
339 | ||
340 | ||
341 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray, | |
342 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
343 | ||
344 | ||
345 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry | |
346 | { | |
347 | public: | |
348 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
349 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
350 | ||
351 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
352 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
353 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
354 | ||
355 | // find one of already registered data types | |
356 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
357 | ||
358 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
359 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
360 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
361 | ||
362 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
363 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
364 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
365 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
366 | ||
367 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
368 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
369 | ||
370 | private: | |
371 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
372 | }; | |
373 | ||
374 | ||
375 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
376 | // conditional compilation | |
377 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
378 | ||
379 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
380 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
381 | #endif | |
382 | ||
383 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
384 | // globals | |
385 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
386 | ||
387 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
388 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
389 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
390 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
391 | #endif | |
392 | ||
393 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
394 | // constants | |
395 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
396 | ||
397 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
398 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
399 | ||
400 | // scroll line size | |
401 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx | |
402 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars | |
403 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa | |
404 | // | |
405 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is | |
406 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! | |
407 | // -- Robin | |
408 | // | |
409 | // Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs | |
410 | // fixing anyhow | |
411 | // -- Vadim | |
412 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; // 1; | |
413 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
414 | ||
415 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
416 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
417 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
418 | ||
419 | #if 0 | |
420 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
421 | // private functions | |
422 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
423 | ||
424 | static inline int GetScrollX(int x) | |
425 | { | |
426 | return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
427 | } | |
428 | ||
429 | static inline int GetScrollY(int y) | |
430 | { | |
431 | return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
432 | } | |
433 | #endif | |
434 | ||
435 | // ============================================================================ | |
436 | // implementation | |
437 | // ============================================================================ | |
438 | ||
439 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
440 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
441 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
442 | ||
443 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
444 | { | |
445 | m_control = NULL; | |
446 | m_attr = NULL; | |
447 | } | |
448 | ||
449 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
450 | { | |
451 | Destroy(); | |
452 | } | |
453 | ||
454 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
455 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
456 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
457 | { | |
458 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
459 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
460 | } | |
461 | ||
462 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
463 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
464 | { | |
465 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
466 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
467 | wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); | |
468 | if (gridWindow) | |
469 | gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); | |
470 | ||
471 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
472 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
473 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
474 | ||
475 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
476 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
477 | } | |
478 | ||
479 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
480 | { | |
481 | if (m_control) | |
482 | { | |
483 | m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ ); | |
484 | ||
485 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
486 | m_control = NULL; | |
487 | } | |
488 | } | |
489 | ||
490 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
491 | { | |
492 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
493 | ||
494 | m_control->Show(show); | |
495 | ||
496 | if ( show ) | |
497 | { | |
498 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
499 | if ( attr ) | |
500 | { | |
501 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
502 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
503 | ||
504 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
505 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
506 | ||
507 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
508 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
509 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
510 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
511 | #endif | |
512 | ||
513 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
514 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
515 | } | |
516 | } | |
517 | else | |
518 | { | |
519 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
520 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
521 | { | |
522 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
523 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
524 | } | |
525 | ||
526 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
527 | { | |
528 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
529 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
530 | } | |
531 | ||
532 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
533 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
534 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
535 | { | |
536 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
537 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
538 | } | |
539 | #endif | |
540 | } | |
541 | } | |
542 | ||
543 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
544 | { | |
545 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
546 | ||
547 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
548 | } | |
549 | ||
550 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
551 | { | |
552 | event.Skip(); | |
553 | } | |
554 | ||
555 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
556 | { | |
557 | bool ctrl = event.ControlDown(); | |
558 | bool alt = event.AltDown(); | |
559 | ||
560 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
561 | // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of | |
562 | // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead. | |
563 | alt = event.MetaDown(); | |
564 | #endif | |
565 | ||
566 | // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are | |
567 | // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them | |
568 | // through in that case. | |
569 | if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt)) | |
570 | return false; | |
571 | ||
572 | int key = 0; | |
573 | bool keyOk = true; | |
574 | ||
575 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
576 | // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the | |
577 | // editor. | |
578 | if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START) | |
579 | return false; | |
580 | #endif | |
581 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
582 | // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may | |
583 | // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a | |
584 | // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but | |
585 | // don't do anything for function keys or etc. | |
586 | key = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
587 | if (key <= 127) | |
588 | { | |
589 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
590 | keyOk = (key <= 127); | |
591 | } | |
592 | #else | |
593 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
594 | keyOk = (key <= 255); | |
595 | #endif | |
596 | ||
597 | return keyOk; | |
598 | } | |
599 | ||
600 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
601 | { | |
602 | event.Skip(); | |
603 | } | |
604 | ||
605 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
606 | { | |
607 | } | |
608 | ||
609 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
610 | ||
611 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
612 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
613 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
614 | ||
615 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
616 | { | |
617 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
618 | } | |
619 | ||
620 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
621 | wxWindowID id, | |
622 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
623 | { | |
624 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
625 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize | |
626 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
627 | , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | wxNO_BORDER | |
628 | #endif | |
629 | ); | |
630 | ||
631 | // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set | |
632 | if (m_maxChars != 0) | |
633 | { | |
634 | ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); | |
635 | } | |
636 | ||
637 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
638 | } | |
639 | ||
640 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
641 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
642 | { | |
643 | // as we fill the entire client area, | |
644 | // don't do anything here to minimize flicker | |
645 | } | |
646 | ||
647 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
648 | { | |
649 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
650 | ||
651 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins | |
652 | // | |
653 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix | |
654 | // | |
655 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
656 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
657 | { | |
658 | rect.x += 1; | |
659 | rect.y += 1; | |
660 | rect.width -= 1; | |
661 | rect.height -= 1; | |
662 | } | |
663 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
664 | if ( rect.x == 0 ) | |
665 | rect.x += 2; | |
666 | else | |
667 | rect.x += 3; | |
668 | ||
669 | if ( rect.y == 0 ) | |
670 | rect.y += 2; | |
671 | else | |
672 | rect.y += 3; | |
673 | ||
674 | rect.width -= 2; | |
675 | rect.height -= 2; | |
676 | #else | |
677 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
678 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
679 | ||
680 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
681 | extra_x *= 2; | |
682 | extra_y *= 2; | |
683 | #endif | |
684 | ||
685 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
686 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
687 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x ); | |
688 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y ); | |
689 | #endif | |
690 | ||
691 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
692 | } | |
693 | ||
694 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
695 | { | |
696 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
697 | ||
698 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
699 | ||
700 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
701 | } | |
702 | ||
703 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
704 | { | |
705 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
706 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
707 | Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1); | |
708 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
709 | } | |
710 | ||
711 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
712 | { | |
713 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
714 | ||
715 | bool changed = false; | |
716 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
717 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
718 | changed = true; | |
719 | ||
720 | if (changed) | |
721 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
722 | ||
723 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
724 | ||
725 | // No point in setting the text of the hidden control | |
726 | //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
727 | ||
728 | return changed; | |
729 | } | |
730 | ||
731 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
732 | { | |
733 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
734 | ||
735 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
736 | } | |
737 | ||
738 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
739 | { | |
740 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
741 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
742 | } | |
743 | ||
744 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
745 | { | |
746 | return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event); | |
747 | } | |
748 | ||
749 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
750 | { | |
751 | // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no | |
752 | // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control. | |
753 | // Do it ourselves instead. We know that if we get this far that we have | |
754 | // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done. | |
755 | ||
756 | wxTextCtrl* tc = Text(); | |
757 | wxChar ch; | |
758 | long pos; | |
759 | ||
760 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
761 | ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
762 | if (ch <= 127) | |
763 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
764 | #else | |
765 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
766 | #endif | |
767 | ||
768 | switch (ch) | |
769 | { | |
770 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
771 | // delete the character at the cursor | |
772 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
773 | if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition()) | |
774 | tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1); | |
775 | break; | |
776 | ||
777 | case WXK_BACK: | |
778 | // delete the character before the cursor | |
779 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
780 | if (pos > 0) | |
781 | tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos); | |
782 | break; | |
783 | ||
784 | default: | |
785 | tc->WriteText(ch); | |
786 | break; | |
787 | } | |
788 | } | |
789 | ||
790 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
791 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
792 | { | |
793 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
794 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
795 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
796 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
797 | s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); | |
798 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
799 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
800 | #else | |
801 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
802 | // | |
803 | event.Skip(); | |
804 | #endif | |
805 | } | |
806 | ||
807 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
808 | { | |
809 | if ( !params ) | |
810 | { | |
811 | // reset to default | |
812 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
813 | } | |
814 | else | |
815 | { | |
816 | long tmp; | |
817 | if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
818 | { | |
819 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
820 | } | |
821 | else | |
822 | { | |
823 | wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() ); | |
824 | } | |
825 | } | |
826 | } | |
827 | ||
828 | // return the value in the text control | |
829 | wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const | |
830 | { | |
831 | return Text()->GetValue(); | |
832 | } | |
833 | ||
834 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
835 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
836 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
837 | ||
838 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
839 | { | |
840 | m_min = min; | |
841 | m_max = max; | |
842 | } | |
843 | ||
844 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
845 | wxWindowID id, | |
846 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
847 | { | |
848 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
849 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
850 | { | |
851 | // create a spin ctrl | |
852 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, | |
853 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
854 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
855 | m_min, m_max); | |
856 | ||
857 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
858 | } | |
859 | else | |
860 | #endif | |
861 | { | |
862 | // just a text control | |
863 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
864 | ||
865 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
866 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
867 | #endif | |
868 | } | |
869 | } | |
870 | ||
871 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
872 | { | |
873 | // first get the value | |
874 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
875 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
876 | { | |
877 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
878 | } | |
879 | else | |
880 | { | |
881 | m_valueOld = 0; | |
882 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
883 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
884 | { | |
885 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
886 | return; | |
887 | } | |
888 | } | |
889 | ||
890 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
891 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
892 | { | |
893 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
894 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
895 | } | |
896 | else | |
897 | #endif | |
898 | { | |
899 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
900 | } | |
901 | } | |
902 | ||
903 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
904 | wxGrid* grid) | |
905 | { | |
906 | bool changed; | |
907 | long value = 0; | |
908 | wxString text; | |
909 | ||
910 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
911 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
912 | { | |
913 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
914 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
915 | if (changed) | |
916 | text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
917 | } | |
918 | else | |
919 | #endif | |
920 | { | |
921 | text = Text()->GetValue(); | |
922 | changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
923 | } | |
924 | ||
925 | if ( changed ) | |
926 | { | |
927 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
928 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
929 | else | |
930 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
931 | } | |
932 | ||
933 | return changed; | |
934 | } | |
935 | ||
936 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
937 | { | |
938 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
939 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
940 | { | |
941 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
942 | } | |
943 | else | |
944 | #endif | |
945 | { | |
946 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
947 | } | |
948 | } | |
949 | ||
950 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
951 | { | |
952 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
953 | { | |
954 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
955 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
956 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')) | |
957 | { | |
958 | return true; | |
959 | } | |
960 | } | |
961 | ||
962 | return false; | |
963 | } | |
964 | ||
965 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
966 | { | |
967 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
968 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
969 | { | |
970 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') | |
971 | { | |
972 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
973 | ||
974 | // skip Skip() below | |
975 | return; | |
976 | } | |
977 | } | |
978 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
979 | else | |
980 | { | |
981 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ) | |
982 | { | |
983 | wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control; | |
984 | spin->SetValue(keycode - '0'); | |
985 | spin->SetSelection(1,1); | |
986 | return; | |
987 | } | |
988 | } | |
989 | #endif | |
990 | ||
991 | event.Skip(); | |
992 | } | |
993 | ||
994 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
995 | { | |
996 | if ( !params ) | |
997 | { | |
998 | // reset to default | |
999 | m_min = | |
1000 | m_max = -1; | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | else | |
1003 | { | |
1004 | long tmp; | |
1005 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1006 | { | |
1007 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
1008 | ||
1009 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1010 | { | |
1011 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
1012 | ||
1013 | // skip the error message below | |
1014 | return; | |
1015 | } | |
1016 | } | |
1017 | ||
1018 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1019 | } | |
1020 | } | |
1021 | ||
1022 | // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) | |
1023 | wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const | |
1024 | { | |
1025 | wxString s; | |
1026 | ||
1027 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1028 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1029 | { | |
1030 | long value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
1031 | s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
1032 | } | |
1033 | else | |
1034 | #endif | |
1035 | { | |
1036 | s = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1037 | } | |
1038 | ||
1039 | return s; | |
1040 | } | |
1041 | ||
1042 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1043 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
1044 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1045 | ||
1046 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
1047 | { | |
1048 | m_width = width; | |
1049 | m_precision = precision; | |
1050 | } | |
1051 | ||
1052 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1053 | wxWindowID id, | |
1054 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1057 | ||
1058 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1059 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1060 | #endif | |
1061 | } | |
1062 | ||
1063 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | // first get the value | |
1066 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1067 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1068 | { | |
1069 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1070 | } | |
1071 | else | |
1072 | { | |
1073 | m_valueOld = 0.0; | |
1074 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1075 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
1076 | { | |
1077 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1078 | return; | |
1079 | } | |
1080 | } | |
1081 | ||
1082 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1083 | } | |
1084 | ||
1085 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1086 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1087 | { | |
1088 | double value = 0.0; | |
1089 | wxString text(Text()->GetValue()); | |
1090 | ||
1091 | if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && | |
1092 | !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) ) | |
1093 | { | |
1094 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
1095 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
1096 | else | |
1097 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
1098 | ||
1099 | return true; | |
1100 | } | |
1101 | ||
1102 | return false; | |
1103 | } | |
1104 | ||
1105 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1106 | { | |
1107 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1108 | } | |
1109 | ||
1110 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1111 | { | |
1112 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1113 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1114 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1115 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1116 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1117 | ||
1118 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1119 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == | |
1120 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); | |
1121 | #else | |
1122 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); | |
1123 | #endif | |
1124 | ||
1125 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' | |
1126 | || is_decimal_point ) | |
1127 | { | |
1128 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1129 | ||
1130 | // skip Skip() below | |
1131 | return; | |
1132 | } | |
1133 | ||
1134 | event.Skip(); | |
1135 | } | |
1136 | ||
1137 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1138 | { | |
1139 | if ( !params ) | |
1140 | { | |
1141 | // reset to default | |
1142 | m_width = | |
1143 | m_precision = -1; | |
1144 | } | |
1145 | else | |
1146 | { | |
1147 | long tmp; | |
1148 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1149 | { | |
1150 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1151 | ||
1152 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1153 | { | |
1154 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1155 | ||
1156 | // skip the error message below | |
1157 | return; | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | } | |
1160 | ||
1161 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1162 | } | |
1163 | } | |
1164 | ||
1165 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1166 | { | |
1167 | wxString fmt; | |
1168 | if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1) | |
1169 | { | |
1170 | // default precision | |
1171 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1172 | } | |
1173 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1) | |
1174 | { | |
1175 | // default width | |
1176 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1177 | } | |
1178 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 ) | |
1179 | { | |
1180 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1181 | } | |
1182 | else | |
1183 | { | |
1184 | // default width/precision | |
1185 | fmt = _T("%f"); | |
1186 | } | |
1187 | ||
1188 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | ||
1191 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1192 | { | |
1193 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1194 | { | |
1195 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1196 | printf("%d\n", keycode); | |
1197 | // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.' | |
1198 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1199 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1200 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1201 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1202 | ||
1203 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1204 | bool is_decimal_point = | |
1205 | ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, | |
1206 | wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); | |
1207 | #else | |
1208 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); | |
1209 | #endif | |
1210 | ||
1211 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
1212 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' || | |
1213 | is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') ) | |
1214 | { | |
1215 | return true; | |
1216 | } | |
1217 | } | |
1218 | ||
1219 | return false; | |
1220 | } | |
1221 | ||
1222 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1223 | ||
1224 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1225 | ||
1226 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1227 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1228 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1229 | ||
1230 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1231 | wxWindowID id, | |
1232 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1235 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1236 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1237 | ||
1238 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1239 | } | |
1240 | ||
1241 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1242 | { | |
1243 | bool resize = false; | |
1244 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1245 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1246 | ||
1247 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1248 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1249 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1250 | { | |
1251 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1252 | size = sizeBest; | |
1253 | ||
1254 | resize = true; | |
1255 | } | |
1256 | ||
1257 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1258 | { | |
1259 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1260 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1261 | ||
1262 | resize = true; | |
1263 | } | |
1264 | ||
1265 | if ( resize ) | |
1266 | { | |
1267 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1268 | } | |
1269 | ||
1270 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1271 | ||
1272 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1273 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1274 | // so shift it to the right | |
1275 | size.x -= 8; | |
1276 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1277 | // here too, but in other way | |
1278 | size.x += 1; | |
1279 | size.y -= 2; | |
1280 | #endif | |
1281 | ||
1282 | int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1283 | int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1284 | if (GetCellAttr()) | |
1285 | GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); | |
1286 | ||
1287 | int x = 0, y = 0; | |
1288 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
1289 | { | |
1290 | x = r.x + 2; | |
1291 | ||
1292 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1293 | x += 2; | |
1294 | #endif | |
1295 | ||
1296 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1297 | } | |
1298 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
1299 | { | |
1300 | x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; | |
1301 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1302 | } | |
1303 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
1304 | { | |
1305 | x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
1306 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1307 | } | |
1308 | ||
1309 | m_control->Move(x, y); | |
1310 | } | |
1311 | ||
1312 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1313 | { | |
1314 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1315 | ||
1316 | if ( show ) | |
1317 | { | |
1318 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1319 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1320 | } | |
1321 | } | |
1322 | ||
1323 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1324 | { | |
1325 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1326 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1327 | ||
1328 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1329 | { | |
1330 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1331 | } | |
1332 | else | |
1333 | { | |
1334 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1335 | m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) ); | |
1336 | } | |
1337 | ||
1338 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1339 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1340 | } | |
1341 | ||
1342 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1343 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1344 | { | |
1345 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1346 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1347 | ||
1348 | bool changed = false; | |
1349 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1350 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1351 | changed = true; | |
1352 | ||
1353 | if ( changed ) | |
1354 | { | |
1355 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1356 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1357 | else | |
1358 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); | |
1359 | } | |
1360 | ||
1361 | return changed; | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1365 | { | |
1366 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1367 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1368 | ||
1369 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1370 | } | |
1371 | ||
1372 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1373 | { | |
1374 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1375 | } | |
1376 | ||
1377 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1378 | { | |
1379 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1380 | { | |
1381 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1382 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1383 | { | |
1384 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1385 | case '+': | |
1386 | case '-': | |
1387 | return true; | |
1388 | } | |
1389 | } | |
1390 | ||
1391 | return false; | |
1392 | } | |
1393 | ||
1394 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1395 | { | |
1396 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1397 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1398 | { | |
1399 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1400 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1401 | break; | |
1402 | ||
1403 | case '+': | |
1404 | CBox()->SetValue(true); | |
1405 | break; | |
1406 | ||
1407 | case '-': | |
1408 | CBox()->SetValue(false); | |
1409 | break; | |
1410 | } | |
1411 | } | |
1412 | ||
1413 | ||
1414 | // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false | |
1415 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const | |
1416 | { | |
1417 | bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1418 | return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString; | |
1419 | } | |
1420 | ||
1421 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1422 | ||
1423 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1424 | ||
1425 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1426 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1427 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1428 | ||
1429 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, | |
1430 | bool allowOthers) | |
1431 | : m_choices(choices), | |
1432 | m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { } | |
1433 | ||
1434 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1435 | const wxString choices[], | |
1436 | bool allowOthers) | |
1437 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1438 | { | |
1439 | if ( count ) | |
1440 | { | |
1441 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1442 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1443 | { | |
1444 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1445 | } | |
1446 | } | |
1447 | } | |
1448 | ||
1449 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1450 | { | |
1451 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1452 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1453 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1454 | ||
1455 | return editor; | |
1456 | } | |
1457 | ||
1458 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1459 | wxWindowID id, | |
1460 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1461 | { | |
1462 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1463 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1464 | m_choices, | |
1465 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); | |
1466 | ||
1467 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1468 | } | |
1469 | ||
1470 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1471 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1472 | { | |
1473 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1474 | // flicker | |
1475 | ||
1476 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1477 | // combo always defaults to the standard. Until someone has time to | |
1478 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way. | |
1479 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1480 | } | |
1481 | ||
1482 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1483 | { | |
1484 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1485 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1486 | ||
1487 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL; | |
1488 | if (m_control) | |
1489 | evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); | |
1490 | ||
1491 | // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit | |
1492 | if (evtHandler) | |
1493 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true); | |
1494 | ||
1495 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1496 | ||
1497 | if (m_allowOthers) | |
1498 | { | |
1499 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1500 | } | |
1501 | else | |
1502 | { | |
1503 | // find the right position, or default to the first if not found | |
1504 | int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue); | |
1505 | if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1506 | pos = 0; | |
1507 | Combo()->SetSelection(pos); | |
1508 | } | |
1509 | ||
1510 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1511 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1512 | ||
1513 | if (evtHandler) | |
1514 | { | |
1515 | // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event | |
1516 | // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet. | |
1517 | #if !defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
1518 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false); | |
1519 | #endif | |
1520 | } | |
1521 | } | |
1522 | ||
1523 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1524 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1525 | { | |
1526 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1527 | if ( value == m_startValue ) | |
1528 | return false; | |
1529 | ||
1530 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1531 | ||
1532 | return true; | |
1533 | } | |
1534 | ||
1535 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1536 | { | |
1537 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1538 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1539 | } | |
1540 | ||
1541 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1542 | { | |
1543 | if ( !params ) | |
1544 | { | |
1545 | // what can we do? | |
1546 | return; | |
1547 | } | |
1548 | ||
1549 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1550 | ||
1551 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1552 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1553 | { | |
1554 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1555 | } | |
1556 | } | |
1557 | ||
1558 | // return the value in the text control | |
1559 | wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const | |
1560 | { | |
1561 | return Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1562 | } | |
1563 | ||
1564 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1565 | ||
1566 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1567 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1568 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1569 | ||
1570 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
1571 | { | |
1572 | // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it | |
1573 | if (m_inSetFocus) | |
1574 | return; | |
1575 | ||
1576 | // accept changes | |
1577 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1578 | ||
1579 | event.Skip(); | |
1580 | } | |
1581 | ||
1582 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1583 | { | |
1584 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1585 | { | |
1586 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1587 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1588 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1589 | break; | |
1590 | ||
1591 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1592 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
1593 | break; | |
1594 | ||
1595 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1596 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1597 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1598 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1599 | break; | |
1600 | ||
1601 | default: | |
1602 | event.Skip(); | |
1603 | break; | |
1604 | } | |
1605 | } | |
1606 | ||
1607 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1608 | { | |
1609 | int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow(); | |
1610 | int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol(); | |
1611 | wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col ); | |
1612 | int cw, ch; | |
1613 | m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
1614 | ||
1615 | // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible | |
1616 | bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw); | |
1617 | ||
1618 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1619 | { | |
1620 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1621 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1622 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1623 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1624 | break; | |
1625 | ||
1626 | case WXK_HOME: | |
1627 | { | |
1628 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
1629 | { | |
1630 | // no special processing needed... | |
1631 | event.Skip(); | |
1632 | break; | |
1633 | } | |
1634 | ||
1635 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
1636 | ||
1637 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
1638 | int colXPos = 0; | |
1639 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
1640 | { | |
1641 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
1642 | } | |
1643 | ||
1644 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
1645 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
1646 | if (col != 0) | |
1647 | { | |
1648 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1649 | } | |
1650 | else | |
1651 | { | |
1652 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1653 | } | |
1654 | event.Skip(); | |
1655 | break; | |
1656 | } | |
1657 | ||
1658 | case WXK_END: | |
1659 | { | |
1660 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
1661 | { | |
1662 | // no special processing needed... | |
1663 | event.Skip(); | |
1664 | break; | |
1665 | } | |
1666 | ||
1667 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
1668 | ||
1669 | int textWidth = 0; | |
1670 | wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col); | |
1671 | if ( wxEmptyString != value ) | |
1672 | { | |
1673 | // get width of cell CONTENTS (text) | |
1674 | int y; | |
1675 | wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col); | |
1676 | m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font); | |
1677 | ||
1678 | // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling | |
1679 | int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
1680 | ||
1681 | // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far, | |
1682 | // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar | |
1683 | // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction? | |
1684 | textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2)); | |
1685 | if ( textWidth < 0 ) | |
1686 | { | |
1687 | textWidth = 0; | |
1688 | } | |
1689 | } | |
1690 | ||
1691 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
1692 | int colXPos = 0; | |
1693 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
1694 | { | |
1695 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
1696 | } | |
1697 | ||
1698 | // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents | |
1699 | // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents | |
1700 | colXPos += textWidth; | |
1701 | ||
1702 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
1703 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
1704 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1705 | event.Skip(); | |
1706 | break; | |
1707 | } | |
1708 | ||
1709 | default: | |
1710 | event.Skip(); | |
1711 | break; | |
1712 | } | |
1713 | } | |
1714 | ||
1715 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1716 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1717 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1718 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1719 | ||
1720 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1721 | { | |
1722 | // nothing to do | |
1723 | } | |
1724 | ||
1725 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1726 | { | |
1727 | } | |
1728 | ||
1729 | // ============================================================================ | |
1730 | // renderer classes | |
1731 | // ============================================================================ | |
1732 | ||
1733 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1734 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1735 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1736 | ||
1737 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1738 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1739 | wxDC& dc, | |
1740 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1741 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1742 | bool isSelected) | |
1743 | { | |
1744 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); | |
1745 | ||
1746 | // grey out fields if the grid is disabled | |
1747 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1748 | { | |
1749 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1750 | { | |
1751 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1752 | } | |
1753 | else | |
1754 | { | |
1755 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1756 | } | |
1757 | } | |
1758 | else | |
1759 | { | |
1760 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID)); | |
1761 | } | |
1762 | ||
1763 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1764 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1765 | } | |
1766 | ||
1767 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1768 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1769 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1770 | ||
1771 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, | |
1772 | const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1773 | wxDC& dc, | |
1774 | bool isSelected) | |
1775 | { | |
1776 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
1777 | ||
1778 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1779 | ||
1780 | // different coloured text when the grid is disabled | |
1781 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1782 | { | |
1783 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1784 | { | |
1785 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); | |
1786 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1787 | } | |
1788 | else | |
1789 | { | |
1790 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1791 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1792 | } | |
1793 | } | |
1794 | else | |
1795 | { | |
1796 | dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); | |
1797 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); | |
1798 | } | |
1799 | ||
1800 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1801 | } | |
1802 | ||
1803 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1804 | wxDC& dc, | |
1805 | const wxString& text) | |
1806 | { | |
1807 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
1808 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1809 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
1810 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1811 | { | |
1812 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
1813 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
1814 | } | |
1815 | ||
1816 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
1817 | ||
1818 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
1819 | } | |
1820 | ||
1821 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1822 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1823 | wxDC& dc, | |
1824 | int row, int col) | |
1825 | { | |
1826 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1827 | } | |
1828 | ||
1829 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1830 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1831 | wxDC& dc, | |
1832 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1833 | int row, int col, | |
1834 | bool isSelected) | |
1835 | { | |
1836 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1837 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1838 | ||
1839 | // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased | |
1840 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1841 | ||
1842 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1843 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1844 | ||
1845 | int overflowCols = 0; | |
1846 | ||
1847 | if (attr.GetOverflow()) | |
1848 | { | |
1849 | int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); | |
1850 | int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); | |
1851 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
1852 | attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0 | |
1853 | if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) | |
1854 | { | |
1855 | int i, c_cols, c_rows; | |
1856 | for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) | |
1857 | { | |
1858 | bool is_empty = true; | |
1859 | for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
1860 | { | |
1861 | // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block | |
1862 | grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); | |
1863 | if (c_rows > 0) | |
1864 | c_rows = 0; | |
1865 | if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i)) | |
1866 | { | |
1867 | is_empty = false; | |
1868 | break; | |
1869 | } | |
1870 | } | |
1871 | ||
1872 | if (is_empty) | |
1873 | { | |
1874 | rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); | |
1875 | } | |
1876 | else | |
1877 | { | |
1878 | i--; | |
1879 | break; | |
1880 | } | |
1881 | ||
1882 | if (rect.width >= best_width) | |
1883 | break; | |
1884 | } | |
1885 | ||
1886 | overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; | |
1887 | if (overflowCols >= cols) | |
1888 | overflowCols = cols - 1; | |
1889 | } | |
1890 | ||
1891 | if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight | |
1892 | { | |
1893 | hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned | |
1894 | wxRect clip = rect; | |
1895 | clip.x += rectCell.width; | |
1896 | // draw each overflow cell individually | |
1897 | int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols; | |
1898 | if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) | |
1899 | col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
1900 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) | |
1901 | { | |
1902 | clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1903 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1904 | dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); | |
1905 | ||
1906 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, | |
1907 | grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); | |
1908 | ||
1909 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1910 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1911 | clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1912 | } | |
1913 | ||
1914 | rect = rectCell; | |
1915 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1916 | rect.width++; | |
1917 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1918 | } | |
1919 | } | |
1920 | ||
1921 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1922 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1923 | ||
1924 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1925 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1926 | } | |
1927 | ||
1928 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1929 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
1930 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1931 | ||
1932 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1933 | { | |
1934 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1935 | wxString text; | |
1936 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1937 | { | |
1938 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
1939 | } | |
1940 | else | |
1941 | { | |
1942 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1943 | } | |
1944 | ||
1945 | return text; | |
1946 | } | |
1947 | ||
1948 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1949 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1950 | wxDC& dc, | |
1951 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1952 | int row, int col, | |
1953 | bool isSelected) | |
1954 | { | |
1955 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1956 | ||
1957 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1958 | ||
1959 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1960 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1961 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1962 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1963 | ||
1964 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1965 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1966 | ||
1967 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1968 | } | |
1969 | ||
1970 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1971 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1972 | wxDC& dc, | |
1973 | int row, int col) | |
1974 | { | |
1975 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1976 | } | |
1977 | ||
1978 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1979 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
1980 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1981 | ||
1982 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
1983 | { | |
1984 | SetWidth(width); | |
1985 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
1986 | } | |
1987 | ||
1988 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
1989 | { | |
1990 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
1991 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
1992 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
1993 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
1994 | ||
1995 | return renderer; | |
1996 | } | |
1997 | ||
1998 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1999 | { | |
2000 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
2001 | ||
2002 | bool hasDouble; | |
2003 | double val; | |
2004 | wxString text; | |
2005 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
2006 | { | |
2007 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
2008 | hasDouble = true; | |
2009 | } | |
2010 | else | |
2011 | { | |
2012 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
2013 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
2014 | } | |
2015 | ||
2016 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
2017 | { | |
2018 | if ( !m_format ) | |
2019 | { | |
2020 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
2021 | { | |
2022 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2023 | { | |
2024 | // default width/precision | |
2025 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
2026 | } | |
2027 | else | |
2028 | { | |
2029 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
2030 | } | |
2031 | } | |
2032 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2033 | { | |
2034 | // default precision | |
2035 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
2036 | } | |
2037 | else | |
2038 | { | |
2039 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
2040 | } | |
2041 | } | |
2042 | ||
2043 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
2044 | ||
2045 | } | |
2046 | //else: text already contains the string | |
2047 | ||
2048 | return text; | |
2049 | } | |
2050 | ||
2051 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2052 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2053 | wxDC& dc, | |
2054 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2055 | int row, int col, | |
2056 | bool isSelected) | |
2057 | { | |
2058 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2059 | ||
2060 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2061 | ||
2062 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2063 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2064 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2065 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2066 | ||
2067 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2068 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2069 | ||
2070 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2071 | } | |
2072 | ||
2073 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2074 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2075 | wxDC& dc, | |
2076 | int row, int col) | |
2077 | { | |
2078 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2079 | } | |
2080 | ||
2081 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
2082 | { | |
2083 | if ( !params ) | |
2084 | { | |
2085 | // reset to defaults | |
2086 | SetWidth(-1); | |
2087 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
2088 | } | |
2089 | else | |
2090 | { | |
2091 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
2092 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2093 | { | |
2094 | long width; | |
2095 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
2098 | } | |
2099 | else | |
2100 | { | |
2101 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2102 | } | |
2103 | } | |
2104 | ||
2105 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
2106 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2107 | { | |
2108 | long precision; | |
2109 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
2110 | { | |
2111 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
2112 | } | |
2113 | else | |
2114 | { | |
2115 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2116 | } | |
2117 | } | |
2118 | } | |
2119 | } | |
2120 | ||
2121 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2122 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
2123 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2124 | ||
2125 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2126 | ||
2127 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
2128 | ||
2129 | // between checkmark and box | |
2130 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
2131 | ||
2132 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2133 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
2134 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
2135 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
2136 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
2137 | { | |
2138 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
2139 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
2140 | { | |
2141 | // get checkbox size | |
2142 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString); | |
2143 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
2144 | wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
2145 | ||
2146 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result | |
2147 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2148 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
2149 | #endif | |
2150 | ||
2151 | delete checkbox; | |
2152 | ||
2153 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
2154 | } | |
2155 | ||
2156 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2157 | } | |
2158 | ||
2159 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2160 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2161 | wxDC& dc, | |
2162 | const wxRect& rect, | |
2163 | int row, int col, | |
2164 | bool isSelected) | |
2165 | { | |
2166 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
2167 | ||
2168 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
2169 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
2170 | ||
2171 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
2172 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
2173 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
2176 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
2177 | } | |
2178 | ||
2179 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
2180 | int vAlign, hAlign; | |
2181 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2182 | ||
2183 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
2184 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
2185 | { | |
2186 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
2187 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2188 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2189 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2190 | } | |
2191 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
2192 | { | |
2193 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; | |
2194 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2195 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2196 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2197 | } | |
2198 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
2199 | { | |
2200 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; | |
2201 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2202 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2203 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2204 | } | |
2205 | ||
2206 | bool value; | |
2207 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
2208 | { | |
2209 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
2210 | } | |
2211 | else | |
2212 | { | |
2213 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
2214 | value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) ); | |
2215 | } | |
2216 | ||
2217 | if ( value ) | |
2218 | { | |
2219 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; | |
2220 | ||
2221 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
2222 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) | |
2223 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2); | |
2224 | rectMark.x++; | |
2225 | rectMark.y++; | |
2226 | #else | |
2227 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); | |
2228 | #endif | |
2229 | ||
2230 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); | |
2231 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); | |
2232 | } | |
2233 | ||
2234 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
2235 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
2236 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); | |
2237 | } | |
2238 | ||
2239 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2240 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
2241 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2242 | ||
2243 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
2244 | { | |
2245 | m_nRef = 1; | |
2246 | ||
2247 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
2248 | ||
2249 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
2250 | m_editor = NULL; | |
2251 | ||
2252 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
2253 | ||
2254 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
2255 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
2256 | ||
2257 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
2258 | } | |
2259 | ||
2260 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
2261 | { | |
2262 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
2263 | ||
2264 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
2265 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
2266 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2267 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2268 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
2269 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
2270 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
2271 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
2272 | ||
2273 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
2274 | ||
2275 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
2276 | { | |
2277 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
2278 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2279 | } | |
2280 | if ( m_editor ) | |
2281 | { | |
2282 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
2283 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2284 | } | |
2285 | ||
2286 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
2287 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
2288 | ||
2289 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
2290 | ||
2291 | return attr; | |
2292 | } | |
2293 | ||
2294 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
2295 | { | |
2296 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
2297 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
2298 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2299 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2300 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
2301 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
2302 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) | |
2303 | { | |
2304 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2305 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2306 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2307 | } | |
2308 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) | |
2309 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
2310 | ||
2311 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
2312 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
2313 | // | |
2314 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
2315 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
2316 | { | |
2317 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
2318 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2319 | } | |
2320 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
2321 | { | |
2322 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
2323 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2324 | } | |
2325 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
2326 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
2327 | ||
2328 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
2329 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
2330 | ||
2331 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
2332 | } | |
2333 | ||
2334 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
2335 | { | |
2336 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
2337 | ||
2338 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
2339 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
2340 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
2341 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
2342 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
2343 | ||
2344 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
2345 | ||
2346 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || | |
2347 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || | |
2348 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), | |
2349 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
2350 | ||
2351 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
2352 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
2353 | } | |
2354 | ||
2355 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
2356 | { | |
2357 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
2358 | { | |
2359 | return m_colText; | |
2360 | } | |
2361 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2362 | { | |
2363 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
2364 | } | |
2365 | else | |
2366 | { | |
2367 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2368 | return wxNullColour; | |
2369 | } | |
2370 | } | |
2371 | ||
2372 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
2373 | { | |
2374 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
2375 | { | |
2376 | return m_colBack; | |
2377 | } | |
2378 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2379 | { | |
2380 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2381 | } | |
2382 | else | |
2383 | { | |
2384 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2385 | return wxNullColour; | |
2386 | } | |
2387 | } | |
2388 | ||
2389 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
2390 | { | |
2391 | if (HasFont()) | |
2392 | { | |
2393 | return m_font; | |
2394 | } | |
2395 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2396 | { | |
2397 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
2398 | } | |
2399 | else | |
2400 | { | |
2401 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2402 | return wxNullFont; | |
2403 | } | |
2404 | } | |
2405 | ||
2406 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
2407 | { | |
2408 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
2409 | { | |
2410 | if ( hAlign ) | |
2411 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
2412 | if ( vAlign ) | |
2413 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
2414 | } | |
2415 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2416 | { | |
2417 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2418 | } | |
2419 | else | |
2420 | { | |
2421 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2422 | } | |
2423 | } | |
2424 | ||
2425 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
2426 | { | |
2427 | if ( num_rows ) | |
2428 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
2429 | if ( num_cols ) | |
2430 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
2431 | } | |
2432 | ||
2433 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
2434 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
2435 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
2436 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
2437 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
2438 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
2439 | ||
2440 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2441 | { | |
2442 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; | |
2443 | ||
2444 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2445 | { | |
2446 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
2447 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2448 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2449 | } | |
2450 | else // no non-default cell renderer | |
2451 | { | |
2452 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
2453 | if ( grid ) | |
2454 | { | |
2455 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2456 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2457 | } | |
2458 | ||
2459 | if ( renderer == NULL ) | |
2460 | { | |
2461 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2462 | { | |
2463 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2464 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2465 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2466 | } | |
2467 | else // default grid attr | |
2468 | { | |
2469 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
2470 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2471 | if ( renderer ) | |
2472 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2473 | } | |
2474 | } | |
2475 | } | |
2476 | ||
2477 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2478 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
2479 | ||
2480 | return renderer; | |
2481 | } | |
2482 | ||
2483 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
2484 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2485 | { | |
2486 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; | |
2487 | ||
2488 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2489 | { | |
2490 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
2491 | editor = m_editor; | |
2492 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2493 | } | |
2494 | else // no non default cell editor | |
2495 | { | |
2496 | // get default editor for the data type | |
2497 | if ( grid ) | |
2498 | { | |
2499 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2500 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2501 | } | |
2502 | ||
2503 | if ( editor == NULL ) | |
2504 | { | |
2505 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2506 | { | |
2507 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2508 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2509 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2510 | } | |
2511 | else // default grid attr | |
2512 | { | |
2513 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
2514 | editor = m_editor; | |
2515 | if ( editor ) | |
2516 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2517 | } | |
2518 | } | |
2519 | } | |
2520 | ||
2521 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2522 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
2523 | ||
2524 | return editor; | |
2525 | } | |
2526 | ||
2527 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2528 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2529 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2530 | ||
2531 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2532 | { | |
2533 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2534 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2535 | { | |
2536 | // add the attribute | |
2537 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2538 | } | |
2539 | else | |
2540 | { | |
2541 | // free the old attribute | |
2542 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef(); | |
2543 | ||
2544 | if ( attr ) | |
2545 | { | |
2546 | // change the attribute | |
2547 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
2548 | } | |
2549 | else | |
2550 | { | |
2551 | // remove this attribute | |
2552 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2553 | } | |
2554 | } | |
2555 | } | |
2556 | ||
2557 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
2558 | { | |
2559 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2560 | ||
2561 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2562 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2563 | { | |
2564 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
2565 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2566 | } | |
2567 | ||
2568 | return attr; | |
2569 | } | |
2570 | ||
2571 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2572 | { | |
2573 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2574 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2575 | { | |
2576 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2577 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
2578 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
2579 | { | |
2580 | if (numRows > 0) | |
2581 | { | |
2582 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2583 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2584 | } | |
2585 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
2586 | { | |
2587 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2588 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
2589 | { | |
2590 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2591 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2592 | } | |
2593 | else | |
2594 | { | |
2595 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2596 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is | |
2597 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! | |
2598 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2599 | n--; | |
2600 | count--; | |
2601 | } | |
2602 | } | |
2603 | } | |
2604 | } | |
2605 | } | |
2606 | ||
2607 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2608 | { | |
2609 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2610 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2611 | { | |
2612 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2613 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
2614 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
2615 | { | |
2616 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
2617 | { | |
2618 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2619 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2620 | } | |
2621 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
2622 | { | |
2623 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2624 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
2625 | { | |
2626 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2627 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2628 | } | |
2629 | else | |
2630 | { | |
2631 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2632 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is | |
2633 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! | |
2634 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2635 | n--; | |
2636 | count--; | |
2637 | } | |
2638 | } | |
2639 | } | |
2640 | } | |
2641 | } | |
2642 | ||
2643 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
2644 | { | |
2645 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2646 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2647 | { | |
2648 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2649 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
2650 | { | |
2651 | return n; | |
2652 | } | |
2653 | } | |
2654 | ||
2655 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2656 | } | |
2657 | ||
2658 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2659 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
2660 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2661 | ||
2662 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
2663 | { | |
2664 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); | |
2665 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2666 | { | |
2667 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2668 | } | |
2669 | } | |
2670 | ||
2671 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
2672 | { | |
2673 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2674 | ||
2675 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2676 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2677 | { | |
2678 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
2679 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2680 | } | |
2681 | ||
2682 | return attr; | |
2683 | } | |
2684 | ||
2685 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
2686 | { | |
2687 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2688 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2689 | { | |
2690 | // add the attribute | |
2691 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
2692 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
2693 | } | |
2694 | else | |
2695 | { | |
2696 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
2697 | if ( attr ) | |
2698 | { | |
2699 | // change the attribute | |
2700 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2701 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
2702 | } | |
2703 | else | |
2704 | { | |
2705 | // remove this attribute | |
2706 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2707 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2708 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2709 | } | |
2710 | } | |
2711 | } | |
2712 | ||
2713 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
2714 | { | |
2715 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2716 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2717 | { | |
2718 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
2719 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
2720 | { | |
2721 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
2722 | { | |
2723 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2724 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2725 | } | |
2726 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
2727 | { | |
2728 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
2729 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
2730 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2731 | else | |
2732 | { | |
2733 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2734 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2735 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2736 | n--; | |
2737 | count--; | |
2738 | } | |
2739 | } | |
2740 | } | |
2741 | } | |
2742 | } | |
2743 | ||
2744 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2745 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
2746 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2747 | ||
2748 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2749 | { | |
2750 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
2751 | } | |
2752 | ||
2753 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2754 | { | |
2755 | delete m_data; | |
2756 | } | |
2757 | ||
2758 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
2759 | { | |
2760 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
2761 | } | |
2762 | ||
2763 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
2764 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
2765 | { | |
2766 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2767 | if ( m_data ) | |
2768 | { | |
2769 | switch (kind) | |
2770 | { | |
2771 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
2772 | // Get cached merge attributes. | |
2773 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable | |
2774 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2775 | if (!attr) | |
2776 | { | |
2777 | // Basically implement old version. | |
2778 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
2779 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2780 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2781 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2782 | ||
2783 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) | |
2784 | { | |
2785 | // Two or more are non NULL | |
2786 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
2787 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
2788 | ||
2789 | // Order is important.. | |
2790 | if (attrcell) | |
2791 | { | |
2792 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
2793 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
2794 | } | |
2795 | if (attrcol) | |
2796 | { | |
2797 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
2798 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
2799 | } | |
2800 | if (attrrow) | |
2801 | { | |
2802 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
2803 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
2804 | } | |
2805 | ||
2806 | // store merge attr if cache implemented | |
2807 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
2808 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2809 | } | |
2810 | else | |
2811 | { | |
2812 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
2813 | if (attrrow) | |
2814 | attr = attrrow; | |
2815 | if (attrcol) | |
2816 | { | |
2817 | if (attr) | |
2818 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2819 | attr = attrcol; | |
2820 | } | |
2821 | if (attrcell) | |
2822 | { | |
2823 | if (attr) | |
2824 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2825 | attr = attrcell; | |
2826 | } | |
2827 | } | |
2828 | } | |
2829 | break; | |
2830 | ||
2831 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
2832 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2833 | break; | |
2834 | ||
2835 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
2836 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2837 | break; | |
2838 | ||
2839 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
2840 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2841 | break; | |
2842 | ||
2843 | default: | |
2844 | // unused as yet... | |
2845 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
2846 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
2847 | break; | |
2848 | } | |
2849 | } | |
2850 | ||
2851 | return attr; | |
2852 | } | |
2853 | ||
2854 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
2855 | int row, int col) | |
2856 | { | |
2857 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2858 | InitData(); | |
2859 | ||
2860 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2861 | } | |
2862 | ||
2863 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2864 | { | |
2865 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2866 | InitData(); | |
2867 | ||
2868 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
2869 | } | |
2870 | ||
2871 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2872 | { | |
2873 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2874 | InitData(); | |
2875 | ||
2876 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
2877 | } | |
2878 | ||
2879 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2880 | { | |
2881 | if ( m_data ) | |
2882 | { | |
2883 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2884 | ||
2885 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2886 | } | |
2887 | } | |
2888 | ||
2889 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2890 | { | |
2891 | if ( m_data ) | |
2892 | { | |
2893 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2894 | ||
2895 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2896 | } | |
2897 | } | |
2898 | ||
2899 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2900 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2901 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2902 | ||
2903 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2904 | { | |
2905 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); | |
2906 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2907 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2908 | } | |
2909 | ||
2910 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2911 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2912 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2913 | { | |
2914 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2915 | ||
2916 | // is it already registered? | |
2917 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2918 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2919 | { | |
2920 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2921 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2922 | } | |
2923 | else | |
2924 | { | |
2925 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2926 | } | |
2927 | } | |
2928 | ||
2929 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2930 | { | |
2931 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2932 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2933 | { | |
2934 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
2935 | { | |
2936 | return i; | |
2937 | } | |
2938 | } | |
2939 | ||
2940 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2941 | } | |
2942 | ||
2943 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2944 | { | |
2945 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2946 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2947 | { | |
2948 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
2949 | // register it "on the fly" | |
2950 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2951 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
2952 | { | |
2953 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
2954 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2955 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
2956 | } | |
2957 | else | |
2958 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2959 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2960 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
2961 | { | |
2962 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
2963 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
2964 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
2965 | } | |
2966 | else | |
2967 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2968 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2969 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
2970 | { | |
2971 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
2972 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
2973 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
2974 | } | |
2975 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
2976 | { | |
2977 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
2978 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
2979 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
2980 | } | |
2981 | else | |
2982 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2983 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2984 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
2985 | { | |
2986 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
2987 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2988 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
2989 | } | |
2990 | else | |
2991 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2992 | { | |
2993 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2994 | } | |
2995 | ||
2996 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
2997 | // the last index | |
2998 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2999 | } | |
3000 | ||
3001 | return index; | |
3002 | } | |
3003 | ||
3004 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3005 | { | |
3006 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
3007 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3008 | { | |
3009 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
3010 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
3011 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
3012 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3013 | { | |
3014 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3015 | } | |
3016 | ||
3017 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
3018 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
3019 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
3020 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
3021 | ||
3022 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
3023 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
3024 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
3025 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
3026 | ||
3027 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
3028 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
3029 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
3030 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
3031 | ||
3032 | // register the new typename | |
3033 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
3034 | ||
3035 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
3036 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3037 | } | |
3038 | ||
3039 | return index; | |
3040 | } | |
3041 | ||
3042 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
3043 | { | |
3044 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
3045 | if (renderer) | |
3046 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
3047 | ||
3048 | return renderer; | |
3049 | } | |
3050 | ||
3051 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
3052 | { | |
3053 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
3054 | if (editor) | |
3055 | editor->IncRef(); | |
3056 | ||
3057 | return editor; | |
3058 | } | |
3059 | ||
3060 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3061 | // wxGridTableBase | |
3062 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3063 | ||
3064 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
3065 | ||
3066 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
3067 | { | |
3068 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
3069 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
3070 | } | |
3071 | ||
3072 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
3073 | { | |
3074 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3075 | } | |
3076 | ||
3077 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
3078 | { | |
3079 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3080 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
3081 | } | |
3082 | ||
3083 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
3084 | { | |
3085 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
3086 | { | |
3087 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
3088 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
3089 | } | |
3090 | ||
3091 | return true; | |
3092 | } | |
3093 | ||
3094 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
3095 | { | |
3096 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3097 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
3098 | else | |
3099 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
3100 | } | |
3101 | ||
3102 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
3103 | { | |
3104 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3105 | { | |
3106 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
3107 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3108 | } | |
3109 | else | |
3110 | { | |
3111 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3112 | // free it now | |
3113 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3114 | } | |
3115 | } | |
3116 | ||
3117 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
3118 | { | |
3119 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3120 | { | |
3121 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
3122 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
3123 | } | |
3124 | else | |
3125 | { | |
3126 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3127 | // free it now | |
3128 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3129 | } | |
3130 | } | |
3131 | ||
3132 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
3133 | { | |
3134 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3135 | { | |
3136 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
3137 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
3138 | } | |
3139 | else | |
3140 | { | |
3141 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3142 | // free it now | |
3143 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3144 | } | |
3145 | } | |
3146 | ||
3147 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3148 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3149 | { | |
3150 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
3151 | ||
3152 | return false; | |
3153 | } | |
3154 | ||
3155 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3156 | { | |
3157 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3158 | ||
3159 | return false; | |
3160 | } | |
3161 | ||
3162 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3163 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3164 | { | |
3165 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3166 | ||
3167 | return false; | |
3168 | } | |
3169 | ||
3170 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3171 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3172 | { | |
3173 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3174 | ||
3175 | return false; | |
3176 | } | |
3177 | ||
3178 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3179 | { | |
3180 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3181 | ||
3182 | return false; | |
3183 | } | |
3184 | ||
3185 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3186 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3187 | { | |
3188 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3189 | ||
3190 | return false; | |
3191 | } | |
3192 | ||
3193 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3194 | { | |
3195 | wxString s; | |
3196 | ||
3197 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, | |
3198 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
3199 | s << row + 1; | |
3200 | ||
3201 | return s; | |
3202 | } | |
3203 | ||
3204 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3205 | { | |
3206 | // default col labels are: | |
3207 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
3208 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
3209 | // etc. | |
3210 | ||
3211 | wxString s; | |
3212 | unsigned int i, n; | |
3213 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
3214 | { | |
3215 | s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); | |
3216 | col = col / 26 - 1; | |
3217 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
3218 | break; | |
3219 | } | |
3220 | ||
3221 | // reverse the string... | |
3222 | wxString s2; | |
3223 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
3224 | { | |
3225 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; | |
3226 | } | |
3227 | ||
3228 | return s2; | |
3229 | } | |
3230 | ||
3231 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3232 | { | |
3233 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3234 | } | |
3235 | ||
3236 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3237 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
3238 | { | |
3239 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3240 | } | |
3241 | ||
3242 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
3243 | { | |
3244 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
3245 | } | |
3246 | ||
3247 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3248 | { | |
3249 | return 0; | |
3250 | } | |
3251 | ||
3252 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3253 | { | |
3254 | return 0.0; | |
3255 | } | |
3256 | ||
3257 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3258 | { | |
3259 | return false; | |
3260 | } | |
3261 | ||
3262 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3263 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3264 | { | |
3265 | } | |
3266 | ||
3267 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3268 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3269 | { | |
3270 | } | |
3271 | ||
3272 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3273 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3274 | { | |
3275 | } | |
3276 | ||
3277 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3278 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
3279 | { | |
3280 | return NULL; | |
3281 | } | |
3282 | ||
3283 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3284 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
3285 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3286 | { | |
3287 | } | |
3288 | ||
3289 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3290 | // | |
3291 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
3292 | // to the grid view | |
3293 | // | |
3294 | ||
3295 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
3296 | { | |
3297 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3298 | m_id = -1; | |
3299 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
3300 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
3301 | } | |
3302 | ||
3303 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
3304 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
3305 | { | |
3306 | m_table = table; | |
3307 | m_id = id; | |
3308 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
3309 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
3310 | } | |
3311 | ||
3312 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3313 | // | |
3314 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
3315 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
3316 | // | |
3317 | ||
3318 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
3319 | ||
3320 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
3321 | ||
3322 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
3323 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3324 | { | |
3325 | } | |
3326 | ||
3327 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
3328 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3329 | { | |
3330 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
3331 | ||
3332 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3333 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
3334 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3335 | ||
3336 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3337 | } | |
3338 | ||
3339 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
3340 | { | |
3341 | } | |
3342 | ||
3343 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
3344 | { | |
3345 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
3346 | } | |
3347 | ||
3348 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
3349 | { | |
3350 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
3351 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3352 | else | |
3353 | return 0; | |
3354 | } | |
3355 | ||
3356 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
3357 | { | |
3358 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3359 | wxEmptyString, | |
3360 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3361 | ||
3362 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
3363 | } | |
3364 | ||
3365 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3366 | { | |
3367 | wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3368 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3369 | ||
3370 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
3371 | } | |
3372 | ||
3373 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
3374 | { | |
3375 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3376 | true, | |
3377 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3378 | ||
3379 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
3380 | } | |
3381 | ||
3382 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
3383 | { | |
3384 | int row, col; | |
3385 | int numRows, numCols; | |
3386 | ||
3387 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3388 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
3389 | { | |
3390 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3391 | ||
3392 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
3393 | { | |
3394 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
3395 | { | |
3396 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
3397 | } | |
3398 | } | |
3399 | } | |
3400 | } | |
3401 | ||
3402 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3403 | { | |
3404 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3405 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3406 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3407 | ||
3408 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3409 | { | |
3410 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
3411 | } | |
3412 | ||
3413 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3414 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3415 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3416 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
3417 | ||
3418 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3419 | { | |
3420 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3421 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
3422 | pos, | |
3423 | numRows ); | |
3424 | ||
3425 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3426 | } | |
3427 | ||
3428 | return true; | |
3429 | } | |
3430 | ||
3431 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
3432 | { | |
3433 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3434 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3435 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3436 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3437 | ||
3438 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3439 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
3440 | { | |
3441 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3442 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3443 | } | |
3444 | ||
3445 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3446 | ||
3447 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3448 | { | |
3449 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3450 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
3451 | numRows ); | |
3452 | ||
3453 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3454 | } | |
3455 | ||
3456 | return true; | |
3457 | } | |
3458 | ||
3459 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3460 | { | |
3461 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3462 | ||
3463 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3464 | { | |
3465 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3466 | ( | |
3467 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
3468 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3469 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
3470 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
3471 | ) ); | |
3472 | ||
3473 | return false; | |
3474 | } | |
3475 | ||
3476 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3477 | { | |
3478 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3479 | } | |
3480 | ||
3481 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3482 | { | |
3483 | m_data.Clear(); | |
3484 | } | |
3485 | else | |
3486 | { | |
3487 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
3488 | } | |
3489 | ||
3490 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3491 | { | |
3492 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3493 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3494 | pos, | |
3495 | numRows ); | |
3496 | ||
3497 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3498 | } | |
3499 | ||
3500 | return true; | |
3501 | } | |
3502 | ||
3503 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3504 | { | |
3505 | size_t row, col; | |
3506 | ||
3507 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3508 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3509 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3510 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3511 | ||
3512 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3513 | { | |
3514 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3515 | } | |
3516 | ||
3517 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
3518 | { | |
3519 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); | |
3520 | ||
3521 | size_t i; | |
3522 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
3523 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); | |
3524 | } | |
3525 | ||
3526 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3527 | { | |
3528 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3529 | { | |
3530 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3531 | } | |
3532 | } | |
3533 | ||
3534 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3535 | { | |
3536 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3537 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3538 | pos, | |
3539 | numCols ); | |
3540 | ||
3541 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3542 | } | |
3543 | ||
3544 | return true; | |
3545 | } | |
3546 | ||
3547 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
3548 | { | |
3549 | size_t row; | |
3550 | ||
3551 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3552 | ||
3553 | #if 0 | |
3554 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
3555 | { | |
3556 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3557 | // | |
3558 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); | |
3559 | return false; | |
3560 | } | |
3561 | #endif | |
3562 | ||
3563 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3564 | { | |
3565 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3566 | } | |
3567 | ||
3568 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3569 | { | |
3570 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3571 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
3572 | numCols ); | |
3573 | ||
3574 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3575 | } | |
3576 | ||
3577 | return true; | |
3578 | } | |
3579 | ||
3580 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3581 | { | |
3582 | size_t row; | |
3583 | ||
3584 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3585 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3586 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3587 | ||
3588 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3589 | { | |
3590 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3591 | ( | |
3592 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
3593 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3594 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
3595 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
3596 | ) ); | |
3597 | return false; | |
3598 | } | |
3599 | ||
3600 | int colID; | |
3601 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3602 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); | |
3603 | else | |
3604 | colID = pos; | |
3605 | ||
3606 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) | |
3607 | { | |
3608 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; | |
3609 | } | |
3610 | ||
3611 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
3612 | { | |
3613 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
3614 | } | |
3615 | ||
3616 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3617 | { | |
3618 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
3619 | { | |
3620 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
3621 | } | |
3622 | else | |
3623 | { | |
3624 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
3625 | } | |
3626 | } | |
3627 | ||
3628 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3629 | { | |
3630 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3631 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
3632 | pos, | |
3633 | numCols ); | |
3634 | ||
3635 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3636 | } | |
3637 | ||
3638 | return true; | |
3639 | } | |
3640 | ||
3641 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3642 | { | |
3643 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3644 | { | |
3645 | // using default label | |
3646 | // | |
3647 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
3648 | } | |
3649 | else | |
3650 | { | |
3651 | return m_rowLabels[row]; | |
3652 | } | |
3653 | } | |
3654 | ||
3655 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3656 | { | |
3657 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3658 | { | |
3659 | // using default label | |
3660 | // | |
3661 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
3662 | } | |
3663 | else | |
3664 | { | |
3665 | return m_colLabels[col]; | |
3666 | } | |
3667 | } | |
3668 | ||
3669 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
3670 | { | |
3671 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3672 | { | |
3673 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
3674 | int i; | |
3675 | ||
3676 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
3677 | { | |
3678 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
3679 | } | |
3680 | } | |
3681 | ||
3682 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
3683 | } | |
3684 | ||
3685 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3686 | { | |
3687 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3688 | { | |
3689 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
3690 | int i; | |
3691 | ||
3692 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
3693 | { | |
3694 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
3695 | } | |
3696 | } | |
3697 | ||
3698 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
3699 | } | |
3700 | ||
3701 | ||
3702 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3703 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3704 | ||
3705 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3706 | ||
3707 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3708 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3709 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3710 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3711 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3712 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3713 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3714 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3715 | ||
3716 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3717 | wxWindowID id, | |
3718 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3719 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3720 | { | |
3721 | m_owner = parent; | |
3722 | } | |
3723 | ||
3724 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3725 | { | |
3726 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3727 | ||
3728 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3729 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3730 | // set the y coord - MB | |
3731 | // | |
3732 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3733 | ||
3734 | int x, y; | |
3735 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3736 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); | |
3737 | ||
3738 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3739 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); | |
3740 | } | |
3741 | ||
3742 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3743 | { | |
3744 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3745 | } | |
3746 | ||
3747 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3748 | { | |
3749 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3750 | } | |
3751 | ||
3752 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3753 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3754 | // | |
3755 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3756 | { | |
3757 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3758 | event.Skip(); | |
3759 | } | |
3760 | ||
3761 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3762 | { | |
3763 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3764 | event.Skip(); | |
3765 | } | |
3766 | ||
3767 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3768 | { | |
3769 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3770 | event.Skip(); | |
3771 | } | |
3772 | ||
3773 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3774 | ||
3775 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3776 | ||
3777 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3778 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3779 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3780 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3781 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3782 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3783 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3784 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3785 | ||
3786 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3787 | wxWindowID id, | |
3788 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3789 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3790 | { | |
3791 | m_owner = parent; | |
3792 | } | |
3793 | ||
3794 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3795 | { | |
3796 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3797 | ||
3798 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3799 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3800 | // set the x coord - MB | |
3801 | // | |
3802 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3803 | ||
3804 | int x, y; | |
3805 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3806 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); | |
3807 | ||
3808 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3809 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); | |
3810 | } | |
3811 | ||
3812 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3813 | { | |
3814 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3815 | } | |
3816 | ||
3817 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3818 | { | |
3819 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3820 | } | |
3821 | ||
3822 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3823 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3824 | // | |
3825 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3826 | { | |
3827 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3828 | event.Skip(); | |
3829 | } | |
3830 | ||
3831 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3832 | { | |
3833 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3834 | event.Skip(); | |
3835 | } | |
3836 | ||
3837 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3838 | { | |
3839 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3840 | event.Skip(); | |
3841 | } | |
3842 | ||
3843 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3844 | ||
3845 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3846 | ||
3847 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3848 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3849 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3850 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3851 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3852 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3853 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3854 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3855 | ||
3856 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3857 | wxWindowID id, | |
3858 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3859 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3860 | { | |
3861 | m_owner = parent; | |
3862 | } | |
3863 | ||
3864 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3865 | { | |
3866 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3867 | ||
3868 | int client_height = 0; | |
3869 | int client_width = 0; | |
3870 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
3871 | ||
3872 | // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME) | |
3873 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
3874 | wxRect rect; | |
3875 | rect.SetX( 1 ); | |
3876 | rect.SetY( 1 ); | |
3877 | rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 ); | |
3878 | rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 ); | |
3879 | ||
3880 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
3881 | #else // !__WXGTK__ | |
3882 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
3883 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 ); | |
3884 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 ); | |
3885 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
3886 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
3887 | ||
3888 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
3889 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 ); | |
3890 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 ); | |
3891 | #endif | |
3892 | } | |
3893 | ||
3894 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3895 | { | |
3896 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3897 | } | |
3898 | ||
3899 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3900 | { | |
3901 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3902 | } | |
3903 | ||
3904 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3905 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3906 | // | |
3907 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3908 | { | |
3909 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3910 | event.Skip(); | |
3911 | } | |
3912 | ||
3913 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3914 | { | |
3915 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3916 | event.Skip(); | |
3917 | } | |
3918 | ||
3919 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3920 | { | |
3921 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3922 | event.Skip(); | |
3923 | } | |
3924 | ||
3925 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3926 | ||
3927 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3928 | ||
3929 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3930 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3931 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3932 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3933 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3934 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3935 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) | |
3936 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
3937 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
3938 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3939 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3940 | ||
3941 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3942 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3943 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3944 | wxWindowID id, | |
3945 | const wxPoint &pos, | |
3946 | const wxSize &size ) | |
3947 | : wxWindow( | |
3948 | parent, id, pos, size, | |
3949 | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE, | |
3950 | wxT("grid window") ) | |
3951 | { | |
3952 | m_owner = parent; | |
3953 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3954 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3955 | } | |
3956 | ||
3957 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3958 | { | |
3959 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3960 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3961 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3962 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3963 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
3964 | ||
3965 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3966 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3967 | #endif | |
3968 | ||
3969 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3970 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
3971 | } | |
3972 | ||
3973 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3974 | { | |
3975 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3976 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3977 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3978 | } | |
3979 | ||
3980 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3981 | { | |
3982 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) | |
3983 | SetFocus(); | |
3984 | ||
3985 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3986 | } | |
3987 | ||
3988 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3989 | { | |
3990 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3991 | } | |
3992 | ||
3993 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
3994 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3995 | // | |
3996 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3997 | { | |
3998 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3999 | event.Skip(); | |
4000 | } | |
4001 | ||
4002 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4003 | { | |
4004 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4005 | event.Skip(); | |
4006 | } | |
4007 | ||
4008 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4009 | { | |
4010 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4011 | event.Skip(); | |
4012 | } | |
4013 | ||
4014 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4015 | { | |
4016 | } | |
4017 | ||
4018 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
4019 | { | |
4020 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4021 | event.Skip(); | |
4022 | } | |
4023 | ||
4024 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4025 | ||
4026 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
4027 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
4028 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
4029 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
4030 | ||
4031 | // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function | |
4032 | ||
4033 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
4034 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
4035 | bool clipToMinMax); | |
4036 | ||
4037 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) | |
4038 | #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \ | |
4039 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \ | |
4040 | m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true) | |
4041 | ||
4042 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4043 | ||
4044 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI | |
4045 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4046 | ||
4047 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4048 | // new style border flags, we put them first to | |
4049 | // use them for streaming out | |
4050 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
4051 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
4052 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
4053 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
4054 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
4055 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
4056 | ||
4057 | // old style border flags | |
4058 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) | |
4059 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
4060 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
4061 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
4062 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
4063 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) | |
4064 | ||
4065 | // standard window styles | |
4066 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) | |
4067 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
4068 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
4069 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
4070 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) | |
4071 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) | |
4072 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
4073 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
4074 | ||
4075 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4076 | ||
4077 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") | |
4078 | ||
4079 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4080 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) | |
4081 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style | |
4082 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() | |
4083 | ||
4084 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4085 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
4086 | ||
4087 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) | |
4088 | ||
4089 | /* | |
4090 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) | |
4091 | */ | |
4092 | #else | |
4093 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4094 | #endif | |
4095 | ||
4096 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4097 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
4098 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
4099 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
4100 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
4101 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) | |
4102 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
4103 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4104 | ||
4105 | wxGrid::wxGrid() | |
4106 | { | |
4107 | // in order to make sure that a size event is not | |
4108 | // trigerred in a unfinished state | |
4109 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; | |
4110 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
4111 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
4112 | m_gridWin = NULL; | |
4113 | } | |
4114 | ||
4115 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
4116 | wxWindowID id, | |
4117 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
4118 | const wxSize& size, | |
4119 | long style, | |
4120 | const wxString& name ) | |
4121 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), | |
4122 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), | |
4123 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) | |
4124 | { | |
4125 | Create(); | |
4126 | SetBestFittingSize(size); | |
4127 | } | |
4128 | ||
4129 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
4130 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, | |
4131 | long style, const wxString& name) | |
4132 | { | |
4133 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, | |
4134 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) | |
4135 | return false; | |
4136 | ||
4137 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4138 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4139 | ||
4140 | Create(); | |
4141 | SetBestFittingSize(size); | |
4142 | ||
4143 | return true; | |
4144 | } | |
4145 | ||
4146 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
4147 | { | |
4148 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
4149 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
4150 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4151 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4152 | ||
4153 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
4154 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
4155 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
4156 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
4157 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
4158 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
4159 | #endif | |
4160 | ||
4161 | if (m_ownTable) | |
4162 | delete m_table; | |
4163 | ||
4164 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
4165 | delete m_selection; | |
4166 | } | |
4167 | ||
4168 | // | |
4169 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
4170 | // | |
4171 | ||
4172 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can | |
4173 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. | |
4174 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 | |
4175 | ||
4176 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
4177 | { | |
4178 | // set to true by CreateGrid | |
4179 | m_created = false; | |
4180 | ||
4181 | // create the type registry | |
4182 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
4183 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4184 | ||
4185 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
4186 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4187 | ||
4188 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
4189 | ||
4190 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
4191 | ||
4192 | // Set default cell attributes | |
4193 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4194 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
4195 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
4196 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
4197 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
4198 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
4199 | ||
4200 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4201 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4202 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4203 | ||
4204 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); | |
4205 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); | |
4206 | ||
4207 | #else | |
4208 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
4209 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
4210 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
4211 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
4212 | #endif | |
4213 | ||
4214 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4215 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4216 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4217 | ||
4218 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4219 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4220 | ||
4221 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
4222 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
4223 | wxID_ANY, | |
4224 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4225 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4226 | ||
4227 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
4228 | wxID_ANY, | |
4229 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4230 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4231 | ||
4232 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
4233 | wxID_ANY, | |
4234 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4235 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4236 | ||
4237 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
4238 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
4239 | m_colLabelWin, | |
4240 | wxID_ANY, | |
4241 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4242 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4243 | ||
4244 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
4245 | ||
4246 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4247 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; | |
4248 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; | |
4249 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; | |
4250 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; | |
4251 | #else | |
4252 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4253 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); | |
4254 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4255 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); | |
4256 | #endif | |
4257 | ||
4258 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4259 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4260 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4261 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4262 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4263 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4264 | ||
4265 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); | |
4266 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); | |
4267 | ||
4268 | Init(); | |
4269 | } | |
4270 | ||
4271 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
4272 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4273 | { | |
4274 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
4275 | false, | |
4276 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
4277 | ||
4278 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
4279 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
4280 | ||
4281 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
4282 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4283 | m_ownTable = true; | |
4284 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4285 | ||
4286 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4287 | ||
4288 | m_created = true; | |
4289 | ||
4290 | return m_created; | |
4291 | } | |
4292 | ||
4293 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
4294 | { | |
4295 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
4296 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4297 | ||
4298 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
4299 | } | |
4300 | ||
4301 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
4302 | { | |
4303 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells, | |
4304 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4305 | ||
4306 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
4307 | } | |
4308 | ||
4309 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
4310 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4311 | { | |
4312 | if ( m_created ) | |
4313 | { | |
4314 | // stop all processing | |
4315 | m_created = false; | |
4316 | ||
4317 | if (m_ownTable) | |
4318 | { | |
4319 | wxGridTableBase *t = m_table; | |
4320 | m_table = NULL; | |
4321 | delete t; | |
4322 | } | |
4323 | ||
4324 | delete m_selection; | |
4325 | ||
4326 | m_table = NULL; | |
4327 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4328 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4329 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4330 | } | |
4331 | ||
4332 | if (table) | |
4333 | { | |
4334 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
4335 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
4336 | ||
4337 | m_table = table; | |
4338 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4339 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; | |
4340 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4341 | ||
4342 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4343 | ||
4344 | m_created = true; | |
4345 | } | |
4346 | ||
4347 | return m_created; | |
4348 | } | |
4349 | ||
4350 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
4351 | { | |
4352 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4353 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4354 | ||
4355 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
4356 | { | |
4357 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
4358 | } | |
4359 | else | |
4360 | { | |
4361 | m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE; | |
4362 | } | |
4363 | ||
4364 | m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4365 | ||
4366 | // init attr cache | |
4367 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
4368 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
4369 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
4370 | ||
4371 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
4372 | // | |
4373 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
4374 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
4375 | ||
4376 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4377 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4378 | ||
4379 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4380 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4381 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
4382 | ||
4383 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
4384 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
4385 | ||
4386 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
4387 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
4388 | ||
4389 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
4390 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
4391 | #else | |
4392 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
4393 | #endif | |
4394 | ||
4395 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
4396 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; | |
4397 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4398 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
4399 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
4400 | ||
4401 | m_canDragColMove = false; | |
4402 | ||
4403 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
4404 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
4405 | m_canDragRowSize = true; | |
4406 | m_canDragColSize = true; | |
4407 | m_canDragGridSize = true; | |
4408 | m_canDragCell = false; | |
4409 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4410 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4411 | m_isDragging = false; | |
4412 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4413 | ||
4414 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
4415 | ||
4416 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
4417 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
4418 | ||
4419 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4420 | ||
4421 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4422 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4423 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
4424 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
4425 | ||
4426 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid | |
4427 | ||
4428 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
4429 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
4430 | ||
4431 | m_extraWidth = | |
4432 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
4433 | ||
4434 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
4435 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
4436 | } | |
4437 | ||
4438 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4439 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
4440 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
4441 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
4442 | // arrays at all | |
4443 | // | |
4444 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the | |
4445 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... | |
4446 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4447 | ||
4448 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
4449 | { | |
4450 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4451 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4452 | ||
4453 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4454 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4455 | ||
4456 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
4457 | ||
4458 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
4459 | ||
4460 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4461 | { | |
4462 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
4463 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
4464 | } | |
4465 | } | |
4466 | ||
4467 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
4468 | { | |
4469 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4470 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4471 | ||
4472 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4473 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4474 | int colRight = 0; | |
4475 | ||
4476 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
4477 | ||
4478 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4479 | { | |
4480 | colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; | |
4481 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
4482 | } | |
4483 | } | |
4484 | ||
4485 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
4486 | { | |
4487 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
4488 | } | |
4489 | ||
4490 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
4491 | { | |
4492 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4493 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
4494 | } | |
4495 | ||
4496 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
4497 | { | |
4498 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4499 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
4500 | } | |
4501 | ||
4502 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
4503 | { | |
4504 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4505 | } | |
4506 | ||
4507 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
4508 | { | |
4509 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4510 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4511 | } | |
4512 | ||
4513 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
4514 | { | |
4515 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4516 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
4517 | } | |
4518 | ||
4519 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
4520 | { | |
4521 | int cw, ch; | |
4522 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4523 | ||
4524 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4525 | cw -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4526 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4527 | ch -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
4528 | ||
4529 | // grid total size | |
4530 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0; | |
4531 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0; | |
4532 | ||
4533 | // take into account editor if shown | |
4534 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4535 | { | |
4536 | int w2, h2; | |
4537 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
4538 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
4539 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
4540 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
4541 | ||
4542 | // how big is the editor | |
4543 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
4544 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
4545 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
4546 | w2 += x; | |
4547 | h2 += y; | |
4548 | if ( w2 > w ) | |
4549 | w = w2; | |
4550 | if ( h2 > h ) | |
4551 | h = h2; | |
4552 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4553 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4554 | } | |
4555 | ||
4556 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
4557 | int x, y; | |
4558 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
4559 | ||
4560 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges | |
4561 | if ( x >= w ) | |
4562 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); | |
4563 | if ( y >= h ) | |
4564 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); | |
4565 | ||
4566 | // do set scrollbar parameters | |
4567 | SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY, | |
4568 | GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y, | |
4569 | GetBatchCount() != 0); | |
4570 | ||
4571 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
4572 | // still must reposition the children | |
4573 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
4574 | } | |
4575 | ||
4576 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
4577 | { | |
4578 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet | |
4579 | ||
4580 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) | |
4581 | return; | |
4582 | ||
4583 | int cw, ch; | |
4584 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4585 | ||
4586 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4587 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4588 | ||
4589 | if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4590 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4591 | ||
4592 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4593 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4594 | ||
4595 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
4596 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4597 | } | |
4598 | ||
4599 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message | |
4600 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned | |
4601 | // | |
4602 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
4603 | { | |
4604 | int i; | |
4605 | bool result = false; | |
4606 | ||
4607 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
4608 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
4609 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4610 | ||
4611 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
4612 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
4613 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
4614 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
4615 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
4616 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4617 | ||
4618 | #if 0 | |
4619 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
4620 | // now | |
4621 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4622 | { | |
4623 | InitColWidths(); | |
4624 | } | |
4625 | ||
4626 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4627 | { | |
4628 | InitRowHeights(); | |
4629 | } | |
4630 | #endif | |
4631 | ||
4632 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
4633 | { | |
4634 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
4635 | { | |
4636 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4637 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4638 | ||
4639 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4640 | ||
4641 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4642 | { | |
4643 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
4644 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
4645 | ||
4646 | int bottom = 0; | |
4647 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
4648 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; | |
4649 | ||
4650 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4651 | { | |
4652 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4653 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4654 | } | |
4655 | } | |
4656 | ||
4657 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4658 | { | |
4659 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4660 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4661 | // | |
4662 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4663 | } | |
4664 | ||
4665 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4666 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4667 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4668 | if (attrProvider) | |
4669 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4670 | ||
4671 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4672 | { | |
4673 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4674 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4675 | } | |
4676 | } | |
4677 | result = true; | |
4678 | break; | |
4679 | ||
4680 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
4681 | { | |
4682 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4683 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
4684 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4685 | ||
4686 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4687 | { | |
4688 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
4689 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
4690 | ||
4691 | int bottom = 0; | |
4692 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) | |
4693 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; | |
4694 | ||
4695 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4696 | { | |
4697 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4698 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4699 | } | |
4700 | } | |
4701 | ||
4702 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4703 | { | |
4704 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4705 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4706 | // | |
4707 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4708 | } | |
4709 | ||
4710 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4711 | { | |
4712 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4713 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4714 | } | |
4715 | } | |
4716 | result = true; | |
4717 | break; | |
4718 | ||
4719 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4720 | { | |
4721 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4722 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4723 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
4724 | ||
4725 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4726 | { | |
4727 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4728 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4729 | ||
4730 | int h = 0; | |
4731 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4732 | { | |
4733 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4734 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
4735 | } | |
4736 | } | |
4737 | ||
4738 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
4739 | { | |
4740 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4741 | } | |
4742 | else | |
4743 | { | |
4744 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
4745 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4746 | } | |
4747 | ||
4748 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4749 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4750 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4751 | if (attrProvider) | |
4752 | { | |
4753 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4754 | ||
4755 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4756 | #if 0 | |
4757 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
4758 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
4759 | // all column attributes. | |
4760 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4761 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
4762 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
4763 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
4764 | #endif | |
4765 | } | |
4766 | ||
4767 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4768 | { | |
4769 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4770 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4771 | } | |
4772 | } | |
4773 | result = true; | |
4774 | break; | |
4775 | ||
4776 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4777 | { | |
4778 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4779 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4780 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4781 | ||
4782 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
4783 | { | |
4784 | //Shift the column IDs | |
4785 | int i; | |
4786 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) | |
4787 | { | |
4788 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) | |
4789 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; | |
4790 | } | |
4791 | ||
4792 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); | |
4793 | ||
4794 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
4795 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
4796 | { | |
4797 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
4798 | } | |
4799 | } | |
4800 | ||
4801 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4802 | { | |
4803 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
4804 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
4805 | ||
4806 | int right = 0; | |
4807 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
4808 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; | |
4809 | ||
4810 | int colPos; | |
4811 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4812 | { | |
4813 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4814 | ||
4815 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4816 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4817 | } | |
4818 | } | |
4819 | ||
4820 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4821 | { | |
4822 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4823 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4824 | // | |
4825 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4826 | } | |
4827 | ||
4828 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4829 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4830 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4831 | if (attrProvider) | |
4832 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4833 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4834 | { | |
4835 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4836 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4837 | } | |
4838 | } | |
4839 | result = true; | |
4840 | break; | |
4841 | ||
4842 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4843 | { | |
4844 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4845 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
4846 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4847 | ||
4848 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
4849 | { | |
4850 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
4851 | ||
4852 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
4853 | int i; | |
4854 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4855 | { | |
4856 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
4857 | } | |
4858 | } | |
4859 | ||
4860 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4861 | { | |
4862 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
4863 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
4864 | ||
4865 | int right = 0; | |
4866 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) | |
4867 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; | |
4868 | ||
4869 | int colPos; | |
4870 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4871 | { | |
4872 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4873 | ||
4874 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4875 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4876 | } | |
4877 | } | |
4878 | ||
4879 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4880 | { | |
4881 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4882 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4883 | // | |
4884 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4885 | } | |
4886 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4887 | { | |
4888 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4889 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4890 | } | |
4891 | } | |
4892 | result = true; | |
4893 | break; | |
4894 | ||
4895 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4896 | { | |
4897 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4898 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4899 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
4900 | ||
4901 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
4902 | { | |
4903 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); | |
4904 | ||
4905 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4906 | ||
4907 | //Shift the column IDs | |
4908 | int colPos; | |
4909 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4910 | { | |
4911 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) | |
4912 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; | |
4913 | } | |
4914 | } | |
4915 | ||
4916 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4917 | { | |
4918 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4919 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4920 | ||
4921 | int w = 0; | |
4922 | int colPos; | |
4923 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4924 | { | |
4925 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4926 | ||
4927 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4928 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
4929 | } | |
4930 | } | |
4931 | ||
4932 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
4933 | { | |
4934 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4935 | } | |
4936 | else | |
4937 | { | |
4938 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
4939 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4940 | } | |
4941 | ||
4942 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4943 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4944 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4945 | if (attrProvider) | |
4946 | { | |
4947 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4948 | ||
4949 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4950 | #if 0 | |
4951 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
4952 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
4953 | // all row attributes. | |
4954 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4955 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
4956 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
4957 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
4958 | #endif | |
4959 | } | |
4960 | ||
4961 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4962 | { | |
4963 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4964 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4965 | } | |
4966 | } | |
4967 | result = true; | |
4968 | break; | |
4969 | } | |
4970 | ||
4971 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4972 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4973 | ||
4974 | return result; | |
4975 | } | |
4976 | ||
4977 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4978 | { | |
4979 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4980 | wxRect r; | |
4981 | ||
4982 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
4983 | ||
4984 | int top, bottom; | |
4985 | while ( iter ) | |
4986 | { | |
4987 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4988 | ||
4989 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4990 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4991 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4992 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4993 | // | |
4994 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4995 | int cw, ch; | |
4996 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4997 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) | |
4998 | r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4999 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5000 | #endif | |
5001 | ||
5002 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5003 | // | |
5004 | int dummy; | |
5005 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
5006 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
5007 | ||
5008 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
5009 | // | |
5010 | int row; | |
5011 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5012 | { | |
5013 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
5014 | continue; | |
5015 | ||
5016 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5017 | break; | |
5018 | ||
5019 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
5020 | } | |
5021 | ||
5022 | ++iter; | |
5023 | } | |
5024 | ||
5025 | return rowlabels; | |
5026 | } | |
5027 | ||
5028 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
5029 | { | |
5030 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5031 | wxRect r; | |
5032 | ||
5033 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
5034 | ||
5035 | int left, right; | |
5036 | while ( iter ) | |
5037 | { | |
5038 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5039 | ||
5040 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5041 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5042 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5043 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5044 | // | |
5045 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5046 | int cw, ch; | |
5047 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5048 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) | |
5049 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5050 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5051 | #endif | |
5052 | ||
5053 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5054 | // | |
5055 | int dummy; | |
5056 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5057 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
5058 | ||
5059 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5060 | // | |
5061 | int col; | |
5062 | int colPos; | |
5063 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5064 | { | |
5065 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5066 | ||
5067 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
5068 | continue; | |
5069 | ||
5070 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5071 | break; | |
5072 | ||
5073 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
5074 | } | |
5075 | ||
5076 | ++iter; | |
5077 | } | |
5078 | ||
5079 | return colLabels; | |
5080 | } | |
5081 | ||
5082 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
5083 | { | |
5084 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5085 | wxRect r; | |
5086 | ||
5087 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
5088 | ||
5089 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
5090 | while ( iter ) | |
5091 | { | |
5092 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5093 | ||
5094 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5095 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5096 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5097 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5098 | // | |
5099 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5100 | int cw, ch; | |
5101 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5102 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5103 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5104 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5105 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5106 | #endif | |
5107 | ||
5108 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5109 | // | |
5110 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
5111 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
5112 | ||
5113 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5114 | // | |
5115 | int row, col; | |
5116 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5117 | { | |
5118 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
5119 | continue; | |
5120 | ||
5121 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5122 | break; | |
5123 | ||
5124 | int colPos; | |
5125 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5126 | { | |
5127 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5128 | ||
5129 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
5130 | continue; | |
5131 | ||
5132 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5133 | break; | |
5134 | ||
5135 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
5136 | } | |
5137 | } | |
5138 | ||
5139 | ++iter; | |
5140 | } | |
5141 | ||
5142 | return cellsExposed; | |
5143 | } | |
5144 | ||
5145 | ||
5146 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5147 | { | |
5148 | int x, y, row; | |
5149 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5150 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5151 | ||
5152 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5153 | { | |
5154 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5155 | { | |
5156 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5157 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5158 | } | |
5159 | ||
5160 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5161 | { | |
5162 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5163 | { | |
5164 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5165 | { | |
5166 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5167 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5168 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5169 | ||
5170 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5171 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5172 | y = wxMax( y, | |
5173 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5174 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5175 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5176 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5177 | { | |
5178 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5179 | } | |
5180 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5181 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5182 | } | |
5183 | break; | |
5184 | ||
5185 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5186 | { | |
5187 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
5188 | { | |
5189 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5190 | { | |
5191 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
5192 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5193 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5194 | event.AltDown(), | |
5195 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5196 | } | |
5197 | } | |
5198 | } | |
5199 | break; | |
5200 | ||
5201 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5202 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5203 | default: | |
5204 | break; | |
5205 | } | |
5206 | } | |
5207 | return; | |
5208 | } | |
5209 | ||
5210 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5211 | return; | |
5212 | ||
5213 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5214 | { | |
5215 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5216 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5217 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5218 | } | |
5219 | ||
5220 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5221 | // | |
5222 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5223 | { | |
5224 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5225 | } | |
5226 | ||
5227 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5228 | // | |
5229 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5230 | { | |
5231 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5232 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
5233 | // wanting to resize the row | |
5234 | // | |
5235 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5236 | { | |
5237 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5238 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5239 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5240 | { | |
5241 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5242 | ClearSelection(); | |
5243 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5244 | { | |
5245 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5246 | { | |
5247 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5248 | 0, | |
5249 | row, | |
5250 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
5251 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5252 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5253 | event.AltDown(), | |
5254 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5255 | } | |
5256 | else | |
5257 | { | |
5258 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
5259 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5260 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5261 | event.AltDown(), | |
5262 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5263 | } | |
5264 | } | |
5265 | ||
5266 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5267 | } | |
5268 | } | |
5269 | else | |
5270 | { | |
5271 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
5272 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5273 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5274 | } | |
5275 | } | |
5276 | ||
5277 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5278 | // | |
5279 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5280 | { | |
5281 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
5282 | if ( row < 0 ) | |
5283 | { | |
5284 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5285 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5286 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5287 | { | |
5288 | // no default action at the moment | |
5289 | } | |
5290 | } | |
5291 | else | |
5292 | { | |
5293 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
5294 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
5295 | ||
5296 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5297 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5298 | } | |
5299 | } | |
5300 | ||
5301 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5302 | // | |
5303 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5304 | { | |
5305 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5306 | { | |
5307 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5308 | ||
5309 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5310 | // default processing in this case | |
5311 | // | |
5312 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5313 | } | |
5314 | ||
5315 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5316 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5317 | } | |
5318 | ||
5319 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5320 | // | |
5321 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5322 | { | |
5323 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5324 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5325 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5326 | { | |
5327 | // no default action at the moment | |
5328 | } | |
5329 | } | |
5330 | ||
5331 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5332 | // | |
5333 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5334 | { | |
5335 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5336 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5337 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5338 | { | |
5339 | // no default action at the moment | |
5340 | } | |
5341 | } | |
5342 | ||
5343 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5344 | // | |
5345 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5346 | { | |
5347 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5348 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5349 | { | |
5350 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5351 | { | |
5352 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
5353 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5354 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5355 | } | |
5356 | } | |
5357 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5358 | { | |
5359 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5360 | } | |
5361 | } | |
5362 | } | |
5363 | ||
5364 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5365 | { | |
5366 | int x, y, col; | |
5367 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5368 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5369 | ||
5370 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5371 | { | |
5372 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5373 | { | |
5374 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5375 | m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5376 | ||
5377 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL ) | |
5378 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x ); | |
5379 | } | |
5380 | ||
5381 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5382 | { | |
5383 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5384 | { | |
5385 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5386 | { | |
5387 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5388 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5389 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5390 | ||
5391 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5392 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5393 | ||
5394 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5395 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
5396 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5397 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5398 | { | |
5399 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5400 | } | |
5401 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5402 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5403 | } | |
5404 | break; | |
5405 | ||
5406 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
5407 | { | |
5408 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
5409 | { | |
5410 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5411 | { | |
5412 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
5413 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5414 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5415 | event.AltDown(), | |
5416 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5417 | } | |
5418 | } | |
5419 | } | |
5420 | break; | |
5421 | ||
5422 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5423 | { | |
5424 | if ( x < 0 ) | |
5425 | m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 ); | |
5426 | else | |
5427 | m_moveToCol = XToCol( x ); | |
5428 | ||
5429 | int markerX; | |
5430 | ||
5431 | if ( m_moveToCol < 0 ) | |
5432 | markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) ); | |
5433 | else | |
5434 | markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ); | |
5435 | ||
5436 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) | |
5437 | { | |
5438 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
5439 | ||
5440 | int cw, ch; | |
5441 | m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5442 | ||
5443 | markerX++; | |
5444 | ||
5445 | //Clean up the last indicator | |
5446 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5447 | { | |
5448 | wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); | |
5449 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
5450 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); | |
5451 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
5452 | ||
5453 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) | |
5454 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); | |
5455 | } | |
5456 | ||
5457 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker | |
5458 | if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol) | |
5459 | || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1) | |
5460 | || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ))) | |
5461 | { | |
5462 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5463 | return; | |
5464 | } | |
5465 | ||
5466 | //Draw the marker | |
5467 | wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 ); | |
5468 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
5469 | ||
5470 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); | |
5471 | ||
5472 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
5473 | ||
5474 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; | |
5475 | } | |
5476 | } | |
5477 | break; | |
5478 | ||
5479 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5480 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5481 | default: | |
5482 | break; | |
5483 | } | |
5484 | } | |
5485 | return; | |
5486 | } | |
5487 | ||
5488 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5489 | return; | |
5490 | ||
5491 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5492 | { | |
5493 | if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5494 | m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5495 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5496 | } | |
5497 | ||
5498 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5499 | // | |
5500 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5501 | { | |
5502 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5503 | } | |
5504 | ||
5505 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5506 | // | |
5507 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5508 | { | |
5509 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5510 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
5511 | // wanting to resize the col | |
5512 | // | |
5513 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
5514 | { | |
5515 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5516 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5517 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5518 | { | |
5519 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) | |
5520 | { | |
5521 | //Show button as pressed | |
5522 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
5523 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); | |
5524 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; | |
5525 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); | |
5526 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
5527 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
5528 | ||
5529 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5530 | } | |
5531 | else | |
5532 | { | |
5533 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5534 | ClearSelection(); | |
5535 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5536 | { | |
5537 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5538 | { | |
5539 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
5540 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5541 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
5542 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5543 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5544 | event.AltDown(), | |
5545 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5546 | } | |
5547 | else | |
5548 | { | |
5549 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
5550 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5551 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5552 | event.AltDown(), | |
5553 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5554 | } | |
5555 | } | |
5556 | ||
5557 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5558 | } | |
5559 | } | |
5560 | } | |
5561 | else | |
5562 | { | |
5563 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
5564 | // | |
5565 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5566 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5567 | } | |
5568 | } | |
5569 | ||
5570 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5571 | // | |
5572 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5573 | { | |
5574 | col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
5575 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
5576 | { | |
5577 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5578 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5579 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5580 | { | |
5581 | // no default action at the moment | |
5582 | } | |
5583 | } | |
5584 | else | |
5585 | { | |
5586 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
5587 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( col ); | |
5588 | ||
5589 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5590 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5591 | } | |
5592 | } | |
5593 | ||
5594 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5595 | // | |
5596 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5597 | { | |
5598 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5599 | { | |
5600 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5601 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5602 | ||
5603 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5604 | // default processing in this case | |
5605 | // | |
5606 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5607 | break; | |
5608 | ||
5609 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5610 | DoEndDragMoveCol(); | |
5611 | ||
5612 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5613 | break; | |
5614 | ||
5615 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
5616 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
5617 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5618 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5619 | // nothing to do (?) | |
5620 | break; | |
5621 | } | |
5622 | ||
5623 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5624 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5625 | } | |
5626 | ||
5627 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5628 | // | |
5629 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5630 | { | |
5631 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5632 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5633 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5634 | { | |
5635 | // no default action at the moment | |
5636 | } | |
5637 | } | |
5638 | ||
5639 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5640 | // | |
5641 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5642 | { | |
5643 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5644 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5645 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5646 | { | |
5647 | // no default action at the moment | |
5648 | } | |
5649 | } | |
5650 | ||
5651 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5652 | // | |
5653 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5654 | { | |
5655 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5656 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5657 | { | |
5658 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5659 | { | |
5660 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
5661 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5662 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
5663 | } | |
5664 | } | |
5665 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5666 | { | |
5667 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
5668 | } | |
5669 | } | |
5670 | } | |
5671 | ||
5672 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5673 | { | |
5674 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5675 | { | |
5676 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
5677 | // col args == -1 | |
5678 | // | |
5679 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5680 | { | |
5681 | SelectAll(); | |
5682 | } | |
5683 | } | |
5684 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5685 | { | |
5686 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
5687 | } | |
5688 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5689 | { | |
5690 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5691 | { | |
5692 | // no default action at the moment | |
5693 | } | |
5694 | } | |
5695 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5696 | { | |
5697 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5698 | { | |
5699 | // no default action at the moment | |
5700 | } | |
5701 | } | |
5702 | } | |
5703 | ||
5704 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
5705 | wxWindow *win, | |
5706 | bool captureMouse) | |
5707 | { | |
5708 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
5709 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
5710 | { | |
5711 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
5712 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
5713 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
5714 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
5715 | _T("SELECT_COL"), | |
5716 | _T("MOVE_COL"), | |
5717 | }; | |
5718 | ||
5719 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
5720 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
5721 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
5722 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
5723 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
5724 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
5725 | #endif | |
5726 | ||
5727 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
5728 | win == m_winCapture && | |
5729 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
5730 | return; | |
5731 | ||
5732 | if ( !win ) | |
5733 | { | |
5734 | // by default use the grid itself | |
5735 | win = m_gridWin; | |
5736 | } | |
5737 | ||
5738 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
5739 | { | |
5740 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) | |
5741 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5742 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
5743 | } | |
5744 | ||
5745 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
5746 | ||
5747 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5748 | { | |
5749 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5750 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
5751 | break; | |
5752 | ||
5753 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5754 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
5755 | break; | |
5756 | ||
5757 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5758 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); | |
5759 | break; | |
5760 | ||
5761 | default: | |
5762 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5763 | break; | |
5764 | } | |
5765 | ||
5766 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
5767 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
5768 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
5769 | ||
5770 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
5771 | { | |
5772 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
5773 | m_winCapture = win; | |
5774 | } | |
5775 | } | |
5776 | ||
5777 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5778 | { | |
5779 | int x, y; | |
5780 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5781 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5782 | ||
5783 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
5784 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
5785 | ||
5786 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5787 | bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; | |
5788 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5789 | if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
5790 | { | |
5791 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
5792 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
5793 | } | |
5794 | ||
5795 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5796 | { | |
5797 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
5798 | ||
5799 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at | |
5800 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
5801 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
5802 | { | |
5803 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
5804 | { | |
5805 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
5806 | return; | |
5807 | } | |
5808 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
5809 | return; | |
5810 | } | |
5811 | ||
5812 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5813 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5814 | { | |
5815 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
5816 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
5817 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5818 | { | |
5819 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5820 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5821 | } | |
5822 | ||
5823 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
5824 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
5825 | { | |
5826 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
5827 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
5828 | } | |
5829 | ||
5830 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5831 | { | |
5832 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
5833 | { | |
5834 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5835 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5836 | HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
5837 | } | |
5838 | else if ( CanDragCell() ) | |
5839 | { | |
5840 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
5841 | { | |
5842 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5843 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5844 | ||
5845 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, | |
5846 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5847 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5848 | event ); | |
5849 | } | |
5850 | } | |
5851 | else | |
5852 | { | |
5853 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
5854 | { | |
5855 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5856 | } | |
5857 | else | |
5858 | { | |
5859 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
5860 | } | |
5861 | } | |
5862 | ||
5863 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
5864 | { | |
5865 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
5866 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
5867 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
5868 | } | |
5869 | } | |
5870 | } | |
5871 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5872 | { | |
5873 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5874 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5875 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5876 | ||
5877 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5878 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5879 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5880 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5881 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5882 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5883 | { | |
5884 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5885 | } | |
5886 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5887 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5888 | } | |
5889 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5890 | { | |
5891 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5892 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5893 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5894 | ||
5895 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5896 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5897 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5898 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5899 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5900 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5901 | { | |
5902 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5903 | } | |
5904 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5905 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5906 | } | |
5907 | ||
5908 | return; | |
5909 | } | |
5910 | ||
5911 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5912 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
5913 | ||
5914 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
5915 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
5916 | // wxGTK | |
5917 | #if 0 | |
5918 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5919 | { | |
5920 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5921 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5922 | } | |
5923 | else | |
5924 | #endif // 0 | |
5925 | ||
5926 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5927 | // | |
5928 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5929 | { | |
5930 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
5931 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5932 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5933 | event ) ) | |
5934 | { | |
5935 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5936 | ClearSelection(); | |
5937 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5938 | { | |
5939 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5940 | { | |
5941 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5942 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5943 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5944 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5945 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5946 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5947 | event.AltDown(), | |
5948 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5949 | } | |
5950 | } | |
5951 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
5952 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5953 | { | |
5954 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5955 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
5956 | ||
5957 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
5958 | { | |
5959 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5960 | { | |
5961 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
5962 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5963 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5964 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5965 | event.AltDown(), | |
5966 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5967 | } | |
5968 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5969 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5970 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5971 | } | |
5972 | else | |
5973 | { | |
5974 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5975 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
5976 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5977 | { | |
5978 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() != | |
5979 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) | |
5980 | { | |
5981 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5982 | } | |
5983 | } | |
5984 | } | |
5985 | } | |
5986 | } | |
5987 | } | |
5988 | ||
5989 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5990 | // | |
5991 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5992 | { | |
5993 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5994 | ||
5995 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5996 | { | |
5997 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5998 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5999 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6000 | event ) ) | |
6001 | { | |
6002 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing | |
6003 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): | |
6004 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; | |
6005 | } | |
6006 | } | |
6007 | } | |
6008 | ||
6009 | // ------------ Left button released | |
6010 | // | |
6011 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
6012 | { | |
6013 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6014 | { | |
6015 | if (m_winCapture) | |
6016 | { | |
6017 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) | |
6018 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
6019 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6020 | } | |
6021 | ||
6022 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
6023 | { | |
6024 | ClearSelection(); | |
6025 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
6026 | ||
6027 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
6028 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
6029 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
6030 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6031 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6032 | ||
6033 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
6034 | } | |
6035 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6036 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6037 | { | |
6038 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6039 | { | |
6040 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
6041 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
6042 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
6043 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
6044 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6045 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6046 | event.AltDown(), | |
6047 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6048 | } | |
6049 | ||
6050 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6051 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6052 | ||
6053 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
6054 | // drag-shrinking. | |
6055 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6056 | } | |
6057 | } | |
6058 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
6059 | { | |
6060 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6061 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
6062 | ||
6063 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6064 | // default processing in this case | |
6065 | // | |
6066 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
6067 | } | |
6068 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
6069 | { | |
6070 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6071 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
6072 | ||
6073 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6074 | // default processing in this case | |
6075 | // | |
6076 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
6077 | } | |
6078 | ||
6079 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6080 | } | |
6081 | ||
6082 | // ------------ Right button down | |
6083 | // | |
6084 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6085 | { | |
6086 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6087 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
6088 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6089 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6090 | event ) ) | |
6091 | { | |
6092 | // no default action at the moment | |
6093 | } | |
6094 | } | |
6095 | ||
6096 | // ------------ Right double click | |
6097 | // | |
6098 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6099 | { | |
6100 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6101 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
6102 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6103 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6104 | event ) ) | |
6105 | { | |
6106 | // no default action at the moment | |
6107 | } | |
6108 | } | |
6109 | ||
6110 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
6111 | // | |
6112 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
6113 | { | |
6114 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
6115 | { | |
6116 | // out of grid cell area | |
6117 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6118 | return; | |
6119 | } | |
6120 | ||
6121 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
6122 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
6123 | ||
6124 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
6125 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
6126 | // | |
6127 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6128 | { | |
6129 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6130 | return; | |
6131 | } | |
6132 | ||
6133 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
6134 | { | |
6135 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
6136 | ||
6137 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6138 | { | |
6139 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6140 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); | |
6141 | } | |
6142 | } | |
6143 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6144 | { | |
6145 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
6146 | ||
6147 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6148 | { | |
6149 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6150 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); | |
6151 | } | |
6152 | } | |
6153 | else // Neither on a row or col edge | |
6154 | { | |
6155 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6156 | { | |
6157 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6158 | } | |
6159 | } | |
6160 | } | |
6161 | } | |
6162 | ||
6163 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
6164 | { | |
6165 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6166 | { | |
6167 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
6168 | // | |
6169 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
6170 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6171 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
6172 | ||
6173 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6174 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6175 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
6176 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
6177 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6178 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6179 | ||
6180 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6181 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6182 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) ); | |
6183 | ||
6184 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6185 | { | |
6186 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
6187 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
6188 | rect.x = 0; | |
6189 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
6190 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6191 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
6192 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6193 | rect.width = cw; | |
6194 | ||
6195 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
6196 | if (m_table) | |
6197 | { | |
6198 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0; | |
6199 | int leftCol = XToCol(left); | |
6200 | int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw); | |
6201 | if (leftCol >= 0) | |
6202 | { | |
6203 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
6204 | { | |
6205 | GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
6206 | if (cell_rows < subtract_rows) | |
6207 | subtract_rows = cell_rows; | |
6208 | } | |
6209 | rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows); | |
6210 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
6211 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
6212 | } | |
6213 | } | |
6214 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6215 | } | |
6216 | ||
6217 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6218 | } | |
6219 | } | |
6220 | ||
6221 | ||
6222 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
6223 | { | |
6224 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6225 | { | |
6226 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
6227 | // | |
6228 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
6229 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6230 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
6231 | ||
6232 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6233 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6234 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
6235 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
6236 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6237 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6238 | ||
6239 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6240 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6241 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
6242 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
6243 | ||
6244 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6245 | { | |
6246 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
6247 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
6248 | rect.y = 0; | |
6249 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
6250 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
6251 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
6252 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6253 | rect.height = ch; | |
6254 | ||
6255 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
6256 | if (m_table) | |
6257 | { | |
6258 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0; | |
6259 | int topRow = YToRow(top); | |
6260 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw); | |
6261 | if (topRow >= 0) | |
6262 | { | |
6263 | for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++) | |
6264 | { | |
6265 | GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
6266 | if (cell_cols < subtract_cols) | |
6267 | subtract_cols = cell_cols; | |
6268 | } | |
6269 | ||
6270 | rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols); | |
6271 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
6272 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
6273 | } | |
6274 | } | |
6275 | ||
6276 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6277 | } | |
6278 | ||
6279 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6280 | } | |
6281 | } | |
6282 | ||
6283 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol() | |
6284 | { | |
6285 | //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag | |
6286 | if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 ) | |
6287 | { | |
6288 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); //Do this to "unpress" the column | |
6289 | return; | |
6290 | } | |
6291 | ||
6292 | int newPos; | |
6293 | if ( m_moveToCol == -1 ) | |
6294 | newPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
6295 | else | |
6296 | { | |
6297 | newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol ); | |
6298 | if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) ) | |
6299 | newPos--; | |
6300 | } | |
6301 | ||
6302 | SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos ); | |
6303 | } | |
6304 | ||
6305 | void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos ) | |
6306 | { | |
6307 | if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
6308 | { | |
6309 | m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
6310 | ||
6311 | int i; | |
6312 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6313 | { | |
6314 | m_colAt.Add( i ); | |
6315 | } | |
6316 | } | |
6317 | ||
6318 | int oldPos = GetColPos( colID ); | |
6319 | ||
6320 | //Reshuffle the m_colAt array | |
6321 | if ( newPos > oldPos ) | |
6322 | { | |
6323 | int i; | |
6324 | for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ ) | |
6325 | { | |
6326 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1]; | |
6327 | } | |
6328 | } | |
6329 | else | |
6330 | { | |
6331 | int i; | |
6332 | for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- ) | |
6333 | { | |
6334 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1]; | |
6335 | } | |
6336 | } | |
6337 | ||
6338 | m_colAt[newPos] = colID; | |
6339 | ||
6340 | //Recalculate the column rights | |
6341 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
6342 | { | |
6343 | int colRight = 0; | |
6344 | int colPos; | |
6345 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6346 | { | |
6347 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
6348 | ||
6349 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; | |
6350 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; | |
6351 | } | |
6352 | } | |
6353 | ||
6354 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6355 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6356 | } | |
6357 | ||
6358 | ||
6359 | ||
6360 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) | |
6361 | { | |
6362 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) | |
6363 | return; | |
6364 | ||
6365 | m_canDragColMove = enable; | |
6366 | ||
6367 | if ( !m_canDragColMove ) | |
6368 | { | |
6369 | m_colAt.Clear(); | |
6370 | ||
6371 | //Recalculate the column rights | |
6372 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
6373 | { | |
6374 | int colRight = 0; | |
6375 | int colPos; | |
6376 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6377 | { | |
6378 | colRight += m_colWidths[colPos]; | |
6379 | m_colRights[colPos] = colRight; | |
6380 | } | |
6381 | } | |
6382 | ||
6383 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6384 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6385 | } | |
6386 | } | |
6387 | ||
6388 | ||
6389 | // | |
6390 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
6391 | // | |
6392 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
6393 | { | |
6394 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
6395 | { | |
6396 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
6397 | return GetModelValues(); | |
6398 | ||
6399 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
6400 | return SetModelValues(); | |
6401 | ||
6402 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
6403 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
6404 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
6405 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
6406 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
6407 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
6408 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
6409 | ||
6410 | default: | |
6411 | return false; | |
6412 | } | |
6413 | } | |
6414 | ||
6415 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
6416 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
6417 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
6418 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
6419 | // | |
6420 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
6421 | { | |
6422 | if ( m_table ) | |
6423 | { | |
6424 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6425 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6426 | ||
6427 | m_table->Clear(); | |
6428 | if (!GetBatchCount()) | |
6429 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6430 | } | |
6431 | } | |
6432 | ||
6433 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6434 | { | |
6435 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6436 | ||
6437 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6438 | { | |
6439 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6440 | return false; | |
6441 | } | |
6442 | ||
6443 | if ( m_table ) | |
6444 | { | |
6445 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6446 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6447 | ||
6448 | bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
6449 | return done; | |
6450 | ||
6451 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
6452 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6453 | } | |
6454 | ||
6455 | return false; | |
6456 | } | |
6457 | ||
6458 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6459 | { | |
6460 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6461 | ||
6462 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6463 | { | |
6464 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6465 | return false; | |
6466 | } | |
6467 | ||
6468 | if ( m_table ) | |
6469 | { | |
6470 | bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ); | |
6471 | return done; | |
6472 | ||
6473 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
6474 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6475 | } | |
6476 | ||
6477 | return false; | |
6478 | } | |
6479 | ||
6480 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6481 | { | |
6482 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6483 | ||
6484 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6485 | { | |
6486 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6487 | return false; | |
6488 | } | |
6489 | ||
6490 | if ( m_table ) | |
6491 | { | |
6492 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6493 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6494 | ||
6495 | bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows ); | |
6496 | return done; | |
6497 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
6498 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6499 | } | |
6500 | ||
6501 | return false; | |
6502 | } | |
6503 | ||
6504 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6505 | { | |
6506 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6507 | ||
6508 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6509 | { | |
6510 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6511 | return false; | |
6512 | } | |
6513 | ||
6514 | if ( m_table ) | |
6515 | { | |
6516 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6517 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6518 | ||
6519 | bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
6520 | return done; | |
6521 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
6522 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6523 | } | |
6524 | ||
6525 | return false; | |
6526 | } | |
6527 | ||
6528 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6529 | { | |
6530 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6531 | ||
6532 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6533 | { | |
6534 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6535 | return false; | |
6536 | } | |
6537 | ||
6538 | if ( m_table ) | |
6539 | { | |
6540 | bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols ); | |
6541 | return done; | |
6542 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
6543 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6544 | } | |
6545 | ||
6546 | return false; | |
6547 | } | |
6548 | ||
6549 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6550 | { | |
6551 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6552 | ||
6553 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6554 | { | |
6555 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6556 | return false; | |
6557 | } | |
6558 | ||
6559 | if ( m_table ) | |
6560 | { | |
6561 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6562 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6563 | ||
6564 | bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ); | |
6565 | return done; | |
6566 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
6567 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6568 | } | |
6569 | ||
6570 | return false; | |
6571 | } | |
6572 | ||
6573 | // | |
6574 | // ----- event handlers | |
6575 | // | |
6576 | ||
6577 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
6578 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
6579 | // | |
6580 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
6581 | int row, int col, | |
6582 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
6583 | { | |
6584 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6585 | ||
6586 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6587 | { | |
6588 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6589 | ||
6590 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6591 | type, | |
6592 | this, | |
6593 | rowOrCol, | |
6594 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6595 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6596 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6597 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6598 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6599 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6600 | ||
6601 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6602 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6603 | } | |
6604 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
6605 | { | |
6606 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
6607 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6608 | type, | |
6609 | this, | |
6610 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
6611 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
6612 | true, | |
6613 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6614 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6615 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6616 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6617 | ||
6618 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6619 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6620 | } | |
6621 | else | |
6622 | { | |
6623 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6624 | type, | |
6625 | this, | |
6626 | row, col, | |
6627 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6628 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6629 | false, | |
6630 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6631 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6632 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6633 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6634 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6635 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6636 | } | |
6637 | ||
6638 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6639 | if (vetoed) | |
6640 | return -1; | |
6641 | ||
6642 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6643 | } | |
6644 | ||
6645 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
6646 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
6647 | // | |
6648 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
6649 | int row, int col ) | |
6650 | { | |
6651 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6652 | ||
6653 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6654 | { | |
6655 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6656 | ||
6657 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol ); | |
6658 | ||
6659 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6660 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6661 | } | |
6662 | else | |
6663 | { | |
6664 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); | |
6665 | ||
6666 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6667 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6668 | } | |
6669 | ||
6670 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6671 | if (vetoed) | |
6672 | return -1; | |
6673 | ||
6674 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6675 | } | |
6676 | ||
6677 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
6678 | { | |
6679 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
6680 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
6681 | } | |
6682 | ||
6683 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
6684 | { | |
6685 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
6686 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
6687 | if (! GetBatchCount()) | |
6688 | { | |
6689 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
6690 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); | |
6691 | ||
6692 | if (rect) | |
6693 | { | |
6694 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
6695 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
6696 | int x, y; | |
6697 | ||
6698 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
6699 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
6700 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
6701 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
6702 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
6703 | ||
6704 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
6705 | if (width_label > rectWidth) | |
6706 | width_label = rectWidth; | |
6707 | ||
6708 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
6709 | if (height_label > rectHeight) | |
6710 | height_label = rectHeight; | |
6711 | ||
6712 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
6713 | { | |
6714 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6715 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
6716 | } | |
6717 | else | |
6718 | { | |
6719 | x = 0; | |
6720 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
6721 | } | |
6722 | ||
6723 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
6724 | { | |
6725 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
6726 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
6727 | } | |
6728 | else | |
6729 | { | |
6730 | y = 0; | |
6731 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
6732 | } | |
6733 | ||
6734 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
6735 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6736 | { | |
6737 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
6738 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6739 | } | |
6740 | ||
6741 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
6742 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6743 | { | |
6744 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
6745 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6746 | } | |
6747 | ||
6748 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
6749 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6750 | { | |
6751 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
6752 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6753 | } | |
6754 | ||
6755 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
6756 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6757 | { | |
6758 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
6759 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6760 | } | |
6761 | } | |
6762 | else | |
6763 | { | |
6764 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6765 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6766 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6767 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6768 | } | |
6769 | } | |
6770 | } | |
6771 | ||
6772 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event ) | |
6773 | { | |
6774 | // position the child windows | |
6775 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6776 | ||
6777 | // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size | |
6778 | // changes itself | |
6779 | event.Skip(); | |
6780 | } | |
6781 | ||
6782 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6783 | { | |
6784 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
6785 | { | |
6786 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
6787 | // | |
6788 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
6789 | } | |
6790 | ||
6791 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; | |
6792 | ||
6793 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
6794 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
6795 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
6796 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
6797 | ||
6798 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
6799 | { | |
6800 | // try local handlers | |
6801 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
6802 | { | |
6803 | case WXK_UP: | |
6804 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6805 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6806 | else | |
6807 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6808 | break; | |
6809 | ||
6810 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
6811 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6812 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6813 | else | |
6814 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6815 | break; | |
6816 | ||
6817 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
6818 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6819 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6820 | else | |
6821 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6822 | break; | |
6823 | ||
6824 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
6825 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6826 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6827 | else | |
6828 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6829 | break; | |
6830 | ||
6831 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
6832 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
6833 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6834 | { | |
6835 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
6836 | } | |
6837 | else | |
6838 | { | |
6839 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
6840 | { | |
6841 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6842 | } | |
6843 | else | |
6844 | { | |
6845 | // at the bottom of a column | |
6846 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6847 | } | |
6848 | } | |
6849 | break; | |
6850 | ||
6851 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
6852 | ClearSelection(); | |
6853 | break; | |
6854 | ||
6855 | case WXK_TAB: | |
6856 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
6857 | { | |
6858 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
6859 | { | |
6860 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); | |
6861 | } | |
6862 | else | |
6863 | { | |
6864 | // at left of grid | |
6865 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6866 | } | |
6867 | } | |
6868 | else | |
6869 | { | |
6870 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) | |
6871 | { | |
6872 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
6873 | } | |
6874 | else | |
6875 | { | |
6876 | // at right of grid | |
6877 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6878 | } | |
6879 | } | |
6880 | break; | |
6881 | ||
6882 | case WXK_HOME: | |
6883 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6884 | { | |
6885 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
6886 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
6887 | } | |
6888 | else | |
6889 | { | |
6890 | event.Skip(); | |
6891 | } | |
6892 | break; | |
6893 | ||
6894 | case WXK_END: | |
6895 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6896 | { | |
6897 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
6898 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
6899 | } | |
6900 | else | |
6901 | { | |
6902 | event.Skip(); | |
6903 | } | |
6904 | break; | |
6905 | ||
6906 | case WXK_PAGEUP: | |
6907 | MovePageUp(); | |
6908 | break; | |
6909 | ||
6910 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
6911 | MovePageDown(); | |
6912 | break; | |
6913 | ||
6914 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
6915 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6916 | { | |
6917 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6918 | { | |
6919 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( | |
6920 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6921 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
6922 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6923 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6924 | event.AltDown(), | |
6925 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6926 | } | |
6927 | break; | |
6928 | } | |
6929 | ||
6930 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
6931 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
6932 | else | |
6933 | event.Skip(); | |
6934 | break; | |
6935 | ||
6936 | default: | |
6937 | event.Skip(); | |
6938 | break; | |
6939 | } | |
6940 | } | |
6941 | ||
6942 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
6943 | } | |
6944 | ||
6945 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6946 | { | |
6947 | // try local handlers | |
6948 | // | |
6949 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
6950 | { | |
6951 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6952 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6953 | { | |
6954 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6955 | { | |
6956 | m_selection->SelectBlock( | |
6957 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
6958 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
6959 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
6960 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
6961 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6962 | true, | |
6963 | event.AltDown(), | |
6964 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6965 | } | |
6966 | } | |
6967 | ||
6968 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6969 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6970 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6971 | } | |
6972 | } | |
6973 | ||
6974 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6975 | { | |
6976 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
6977 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
6978 | { | |
6979 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
6980 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6981 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6982 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6983 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6984 | ||
6985 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
6986 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
6987 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
6988 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
6989 | { | |
6990 | // ensure cell is visble | |
6991 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
6992 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
6993 | ||
6994 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
6995 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
6996 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
6997 | // crash the app | |
6998 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
6999 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
7000 | } | |
7001 | else | |
7002 | { | |
7003 | event.Skip(); | |
7004 | } | |
7005 | ||
7006 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7007 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7008 | } | |
7009 | else | |
7010 | { | |
7011 | event.Skip(); | |
7012 | } | |
7013 | } | |
7014 | ||
7015 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
7016 | { | |
7017 | } | |
7018 | ||
7019 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7020 | { | |
7021 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) | |
7022 | { | |
7023 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing | |
7024 | return; | |
7025 | } | |
7026 | ||
7027 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7028 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7029 | ||
7030 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7031 | { | |
7032 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7033 | ||
7034 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
7035 | { | |
7036 | wxRect r; | |
7037 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); | |
7038 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7039 | { | |
7040 | r.x--; | |
7041 | r.y--; | |
7042 | r.width++; | |
7043 | r.height++; | |
7044 | } | |
7045 | ||
7046 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
7047 | ||
7048 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
7049 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7050 | ||
7051 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); | |
7052 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
7053 | } | |
7054 | } | |
7055 | ||
7056 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7057 | ||
7058 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); | |
7059 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); | |
7060 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7061 | } | |
7062 | ||
7063 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
7064 | { | |
7065 | int temp; | |
7066 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
7067 | ||
7068 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7069 | { | |
7070 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
7071 | { | |
7072 | leftCol = 0; | |
7073 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
7074 | } | |
7075 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
7076 | { | |
7077 | topRow = 0; | |
7078 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
7079 | } | |
7080 | } | |
7081 | ||
7082 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
7083 | { | |
7084 | temp = topRow; | |
7085 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
7086 | bottomRow = temp; | |
7087 | } | |
7088 | ||
7089 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
7090 | { | |
7091 | temp = leftCol; | |
7092 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
7093 | rightCol = temp; | |
7094 | } | |
7095 | ||
7096 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
7097 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
7098 | ||
7099 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
7100 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
7101 | m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7102 | { | |
7103 | wxRect rect; | |
7104 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
7105 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
7106 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
7107 | } | |
7108 | ||
7109 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
7110 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
7111 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
7112 | { | |
7113 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
7114 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
7115 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
7116 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
7117 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
7118 | need_refresh[0] = | |
7119 | need_refresh[1] = | |
7120 | need_refresh[2] = | |
7121 | need_refresh[3] = false; | |
7122 | int i; | |
7123 | ||
7124 | // Store intermediate values | |
7125 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
7126 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
7127 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
7128 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
7129 | ||
7130 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
7131 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
7132 | { | |
7133 | temp = oldLeft; | |
7134 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
7135 | leftCol = temp; | |
7136 | } | |
7137 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
7138 | { | |
7139 | temp = oldTop; | |
7140 | oldTop = topRow; | |
7141 | topRow = temp; | |
7142 | } | |
7143 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
7144 | { | |
7145 | temp = oldRight; | |
7146 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
7147 | rightCol = temp; | |
7148 | } | |
7149 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
7150 | { | |
7151 | temp = oldBottom; | |
7152 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
7153 | bottomRow = temp; | |
7154 | } | |
7155 | ||
7156 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
7157 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
7158 | // is contained in the other. | |
7159 | ||
7160 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
7161 | { | |
7162 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7163 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
7164 | need_refresh[0] = true; | |
7165 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7166 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), | |
7167 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
7168 | } | |
7169 | ||
7170 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
7171 | { | |
7172 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7173 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
7174 | need_refresh[1] = true; | |
7175 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7176 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), | |
7177 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); | |
7178 | } | |
7179 | ||
7180 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
7181 | { | |
7182 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7183 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
7184 | need_refresh[2] = true; | |
7185 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7186 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), | |
7187 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); | |
7188 | } | |
7189 | ||
7190 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
7191 | { | |
7192 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7193 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
7194 | need_refresh[3] = true; | |
7195 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7196 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), | |
7197 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); | |
7198 | } | |
7199 | ||
7200 | // various Refresh() calls | |
7201 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
7202 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
7203 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); | |
7204 | } | |
7205 | ||
7206 | // change selection | |
7207 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
7208 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
7209 | } | |
7210 | ||
7211 | // | |
7212 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
7213 | // | |
7214 | ||
7215 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
7216 | { | |
7217 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7218 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7219 | ||
7220 | if ( m_table ) | |
7221 | { | |
7222 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
7223 | // | |
7224 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7225 | return true; | |
7226 | } | |
7227 | ||
7228 | return false; | |
7229 | } | |
7230 | ||
7231 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
7232 | { | |
7233 | int row, col; | |
7234 | ||
7235 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7236 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
7237 | // I think so ... | |
7238 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7239 | ||
7240 | if ( m_table ) | |
7241 | { | |
7242 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
7243 | { | |
7244 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
7245 | { | |
7246 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
7247 | } | |
7248 | } | |
7249 | ||
7250 | return true; | |
7251 | } | |
7252 | ||
7253 | return false; | |
7254 | } | |
7255 | ||
7256 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
7257 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
7258 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
7259 | // | |
7260 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
7261 | { | |
7262 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7263 | return; | |
7264 | ||
7265 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
7266 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7267 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
7268 | ||
7269 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7270 | { | |
7271 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
7272 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
7273 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7274 | ||
7275 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
7276 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
7277 | { | |
7278 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); | |
7279 | bool marked = false; | |
7280 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
7281 | { | |
7282 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
7283 | { | |
7284 | marked = true; | |
7285 | break; | |
7286 | } | |
7287 | } | |
7288 | ||
7289 | if (!marked) | |
7290 | { | |
7291 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7292 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
7293 | { | |
7294 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
7295 | { | |
7296 | marked = true; | |
7297 | break; | |
7298 | } | |
7299 | } | |
7300 | ||
7301 | if (!marked) | |
7302 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7303 | } | |
7304 | ||
7305 | // don't bother drawing this cell | |
7306 | continue; | |
7307 | } | |
7308 | ||
7309 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
7310 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
7311 | { | |
7312 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
7313 | { | |
7314 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint | |
7315 | int left = col; | |
7316 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
7317 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
7318 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
7319 | { | |
7320 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
7321 | } | |
7322 | ||
7323 | if (left == col) | |
7324 | left = 0; // oh well | |
7325 | ||
7326 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) | |
7327 | { | |
7328 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) | |
7329 | { | |
7330 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) | |
7331 | { | |
7332 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); | |
7333 | bool marked = false; | |
7334 | ||
7335 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
7336 | { | |
7337 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
7338 | { | |
7339 | marked = true; | |
7340 | break; | |
7341 | } | |
7342 | } | |
7343 | ||
7344 | if (!marked) | |
7345 | { | |
7346 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7347 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
7348 | { | |
7349 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
7350 | { | |
7351 | marked = true; | |
7352 | break; | |
7353 | } | |
7354 | } | |
7355 | if (!marked) | |
7356 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7357 | } | |
7358 | } | |
7359 | break; | |
7360 | } | |
7361 | } | |
7362 | } | |
7363 | } | |
7364 | ||
7365 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
7366 | } | |
7367 | ||
7368 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7369 | ||
7370 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7371 | { | |
7372 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
7373 | } | |
7374 | } | |
7375 | ||
7376 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
7377 | { | |
7378 | int cw, ch; | |
7379 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7380 | ||
7381 | int right, bottom; | |
7382 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7383 | ||
7384 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; | |
7385 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
7386 | ||
7387 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7388 | { | |
7389 | int left, top; | |
7390 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7391 | ||
7392 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
7393 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
7394 | ||
7395 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
7396 | { | |
7397 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); | |
7398 | } | |
7399 | ||
7400 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7401 | { | |
7402 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); | |
7403 | } | |
7404 | } | |
7405 | } | |
7406 | ||
7407 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7408 | { | |
7409 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7410 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7411 | ||
7412 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7413 | return; | |
7414 | ||
7415 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
7416 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
7417 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7418 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
7419 | #endif | |
7420 | ||
7421 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7422 | ||
7423 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
7424 | ||
7425 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7426 | ||
7427 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
7428 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
7429 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7430 | { | |
7431 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the | |
7432 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. | |
7433 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered | |
7434 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. | |
7435 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS | |
7436 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7437 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
7438 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7439 | #endif | |
7440 | } | |
7441 | else | |
7442 | { | |
7443 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized | |
7444 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7445 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
7446 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7447 | } | |
7448 | ||
7449 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7450 | } | |
7451 | ||
7452 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
7453 | { | |
7454 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7455 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7456 | ||
7457 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7458 | return; | |
7459 | ||
7460 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7461 | ||
7462 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
7463 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
7464 | // it doesn't look really good | |
7465 | ||
7466 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
7467 | ||
7468 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
7469 | { | |
7470 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
7471 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the | |
7472 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of | |
7473 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then | |
7474 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
7475 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; | |
7476 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; | |
7477 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; | |
7478 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; | |
7479 | ||
7480 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
7481 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
7482 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
7483 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID)); | |
7484 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
7485 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
7486 | } | |
7487 | ||
7488 | #if 0 | |
7489 | // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders... | |
7490 | ||
7491 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
7492 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
7493 | y1 = rect.y, | |
7494 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1, | |
7495 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
7496 | ||
7497 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
7498 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
7499 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
7500 | ||
7501 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
7502 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2); | |
7503 | ||
7504 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
7505 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
7506 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1); | |
7507 | #endif | |
7508 | } | |
7509 | ||
7510 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7511 | { | |
7512 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7513 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7514 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7515 | return; | |
7516 | ||
7517 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7518 | ||
7519 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7520 | ||
7521 | // right hand border | |
7522 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
7523 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
7524 | ||
7525 | // bottom border | |
7526 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
7527 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
7528 | } | |
7529 | ||
7530 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
7531 | { | |
7532 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
7533 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
7534 | // | |
7535 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7536 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
7537 | { | |
7538 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
7539 | } | |
7540 | ||
7541 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7542 | { | |
7543 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
7544 | return; | |
7545 | } | |
7546 | ||
7547 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
7548 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
7549 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
7550 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
7551 | { | |
7552 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
7553 | { | |
7554 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7555 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
7556 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7557 | ||
7558 | break; | |
7559 | } | |
7560 | } | |
7561 | } | |
7562 | ||
7563 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
7564 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
7565 | // has been changed | |
7566 | // | |
7567 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
7568 | { | |
7569 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
7570 | return; | |
7571 | #endif | |
7572 | ||
7573 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7574 | return; | |
7575 | ||
7576 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
7577 | ||
7578 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
7579 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
7580 | { | |
7581 | int cw, ch; | |
7582 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7583 | ||
7584 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
7585 | // | |
7586 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7587 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7588 | } | |
7589 | else | |
7590 | { | |
7591 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
7592 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
7593 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
7594 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
7595 | } | |
7596 | #else | |
7597 | int cw, ch; | |
7598 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7599 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7600 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7601 | #endif | |
7602 | ||
7603 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
7604 | // | |
7605 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) ); | |
7606 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
7607 | ||
7608 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
7609 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); | |
7610 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
7611 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); | |
7612 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
7613 | ||
7614 | #ifndef __WXMAC__ | |
7615 | // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping | |
7616 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
7617 | ||
7618 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7619 | wxRect rect; | |
7620 | ||
7621 | for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++) | |
7622 | { | |
7623 | int colPos; | |
7624 | for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<rightCol; colPos++) | |
7625 | { | |
7626 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
7627 | ||
7628 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7629 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7630 | { | |
7631 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
7632 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7633 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7634 | } | |
7635 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
7636 | { | |
7637 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
7638 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7639 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7640 | } | |
7641 | } | |
7642 | } | |
7643 | #else | |
7644 | wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top ); | |
7645 | ||
7646 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7647 | wxRect rect; | |
7648 | ||
7649 | for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++) | |
7650 | { | |
7651 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
7652 | { | |
7653 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7654 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7655 | { | |
7656 | rect = CellToRect(j, i); | |
7657 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7658 | } | |
7659 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
7660 | { | |
7661 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
7662 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7663 | } | |
7664 | } | |
7665 | } | |
7666 | #endif | |
7667 | ||
7668 | dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
7669 | ||
7670 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7671 | ||
7672 | // horizontal grid lines | |
7673 | // | |
7674 | // already declared above - int i; | |
7675 | for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
7676 | { | |
7677 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
7678 | ||
7679 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
7680 | { | |
7681 | break; | |
7682 | } | |
7683 | ||
7684 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
7685 | { | |
7686 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
7687 | } | |
7688 | } | |
7689 | ||
7690 | // vertical grid lines | |
7691 | // | |
7692 | int colPos; | |
7693 | for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
7694 | { | |
7695 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
7696 | ||
7697 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; | |
7698 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
7699 | { | |
7700 | break; | |
7701 | } | |
7702 | ||
7703 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
7704 | { | |
7705 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
7706 | } | |
7707 | } | |
7708 | ||
7709 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
7710 | } | |
7711 | ||
7712 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
7713 | { | |
7714 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
7715 | return; | |
7716 | ||
7717 | size_t i; | |
7718 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
7719 | ||
7720 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7721 | { | |
7722 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
7723 | } | |
7724 | } | |
7725 | ||
7726 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
7727 | { | |
7728 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) | |
7729 | return; | |
7730 | ||
7731 | wxRect rect; | |
7732 | ||
7733 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
7734 | rect.SetX( 1 ); | |
7735 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 ); | |
7736 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 ); | |
7737 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 ); | |
7738 | ||
7739 | CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y ); | |
7740 | ||
7741 | wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc; | |
7742 | ||
7743 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
7744 | #else | |
7745 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
7746 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
7747 | ||
7748 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7749 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom ); | |
7750 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
7751 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); | |
7752 | ||
7753 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7754 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); | |
7755 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop ); | |
7756 | #endif | |
7757 | ||
7758 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
7759 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7760 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7761 | ||
7762 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
7763 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7764 | ||
7765 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
7766 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
7767 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
7768 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
7769 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
7770 | } | |
7771 | ||
7772 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
7773 | { | |
7774 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
7775 | return; | |
7776 | ||
7777 | size_t i; | |
7778 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
7779 | ||
7780 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7781 | { | |
7782 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
7783 | } | |
7784 | } | |
7785 | ||
7786 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
7787 | { | |
7788 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) | |
7789 | return; | |
7790 | ||
7791 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); | |
7792 | ||
7793 | wxRect rect; | |
7794 | ||
7795 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
7796 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 ); | |
7797 | rect.SetY( 1 ); | |
7798 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 ); | |
7799 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 ); | |
7800 | ||
7801 | wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc; | |
7802 | ||
7803 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
7804 | #else | |
7805 | int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
7806 | ||
7807 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7808 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7809 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
7810 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
7811 | colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7812 | ||
7813 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7814 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7815 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
7816 | #endif | |
7817 | ||
7818 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
7819 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7820 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7821 | ||
7822 | int hAlign, vAlign, orient; | |
7823 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7824 | orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
7825 | ||
7826 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
7827 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
7828 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
7829 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
7830 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient ); | |
7831 | } | |
7832 | ||
7833 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
7834 | const wxString& value, | |
7835 | const wxRect& rect, | |
7836 | int horizAlign, | |
7837 | int vertAlign, | |
7838 | int textOrientation ) | |
7839 | { | |
7840 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7841 | ||
7842 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
7843 | ||
7844 | // Forward to new API. | |
7845 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, | |
7846 | lines, | |
7847 | rect, | |
7848 | horizAlign, | |
7849 | vertAlign, | |
7850 | textOrientation ); | |
7851 | } | |
7852 | ||
7853 | // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to | |
7854 | // add textOrientation support | |
7855 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, | |
7856 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
7857 | const wxRect& rect, | |
7858 | int horizAlign, | |
7859 | int vertAlign, | |
7860 | int textOrientation) | |
7861 | { | |
7862 | if ( lines.empty() ) | |
7863 | return; | |
7864 | ||
7865 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); | |
7866 | ||
7867 | long textWidth, | |
7868 | textHeight; | |
7869 | ||
7870 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7871 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
7872 | else | |
7873 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
7874 | ||
7875 | int x = 0, | |
7876 | y = 0; | |
7877 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
7878 | { | |
7879 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
7880 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7881 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
7882 | else | |
7883 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
7884 | break; | |
7885 | ||
7886 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
7887 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7888 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); | |
7889 | else | |
7890 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); | |
7891 | break; | |
7892 | ||
7893 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
7894 | default: | |
7895 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7896 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
7897 | else | |
7898 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
7899 | break; | |
7900 | } | |
7901 | ||
7902 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
7903 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
7904 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
7905 | { | |
7906 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; | |
7907 | ||
7908 | if ( line.empty() ) | |
7909 | { | |
7910 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); | |
7911 | continue; | |
7912 | } | |
7913 | ||
7914 | long lineWidth, | |
7915 | lineHeight; | |
7916 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
7917 | ||
7918 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
7919 | { | |
7920 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
7921 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7922 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
7923 | else | |
7924 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
7925 | break; | |
7926 | ||
7927 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
7928 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7929 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); | |
7930 | else | |
7931 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); | |
7932 | break; | |
7933 | ||
7934 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
7935 | default: | |
7936 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7937 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
7938 | else | |
7939 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
7940 | break; | |
7941 | } | |
7942 | ||
7943 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7944 | { | |
7945 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); | |
7946 | y += lineHeight; | |
7947 | } | |
7948 | else | |
7949 | { | |
7950 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); | |
7951 | x += lineHeight; | |
7952 | } | |
7953 | } | |
7954 | } | |
7955 | ||
7956 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. | |
7957 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. | |
7958 | // | |
7959 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) | |
7960 | { | |
7961 | int startPos = 0; | |
7962 | int pos; | |
7963 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
7964 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
7965 | ||
7966 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
7967 | { | |
7968 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
7969 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
7970 | { | |
7971 | break; | |
7972 | } | |
7973 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
7974 | { | |
7975 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
7976 | } | |
7977 | else | |
7978 | { | |
7979 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
7980 | } | |
7981 | ||
7982 | startPos += pos + 1; | |
7983 | } | |
7984 | ||
7985 | if ( startPos < (int)value.length() ) | |
7986 | { | |
7987 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
7988 | } | |
7989 | } | |
7990 | ||
7991 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, | |
7992 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
7993 | long *width, long *height ) | |
7994 | { | |
7995 | long w = 0; | |
7996 | long h = 0; | |
7997 | long lineW = 0, lineH = 0; | |
7998 | ||
7999 | size_t i; | |
8000 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
8001 | { | |
8002 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
8003 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
8004 | h += lineH; | |
8005 | } | |
8006 | ||
8007 | *width = w; | |
8008 | *height = h; | |
8009 | } | |
8010 | ||
8011 | // | |
8012 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
8013 | // | |
8014 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
8015 | { | |
8016 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
8017 | { | |
8018 | m_batchCount--; | |
8019 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
8020 | { | |
8021 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8022 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8023 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8024 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8025 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8026 | } | |
8027 | } | |
8028 | } | |
8029 | ||
8030 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
8031 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
8032 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
8033 | // | |
8034 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
8035 | { | |
8036 | BeginBatch(); | |
8037 | EndBatch(); | |
8038 | } | |
8039 | ||
8040 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) | |
8041 | { | |
8042 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) | |
8043 | return false; | |
8044 | ||
8045 | // redraw in the new state | |
8046 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8047 | ||
8048 | return true; | |
8049 | } | |
8050 | ||
8051 | // | |
8052 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
8053 | // | |
8054 | ||
8055 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
8056 | { | |
8057 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
8058 | // | |
8059 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
8060 | { | |
8061 | if (!edit) | |
8062 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
8063 | m_editable = edit; | |
8064 | } | |
8065 | } | |
8066 | ||
8067 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
8068 | { | |
8069 | if (! m_editable) | |
8070 | return; | |
8071 | ||
8072 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8073 | { | |
8074 | if ( enable ) | |
8075 | { | |
8076 | if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0) | |
8077 | return; | |
8078 | ||
8079 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
8080 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
8081 | ||
8082 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
8083 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8084 | ||
8085 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
8086 | } | |
8087 | else | |
8088 | { | |
8089 | //FIXME:add veto support | |
8090 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN ); | |
8091 | ||
8092 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8093 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
8094 | ||
8095 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
8096 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8097 | } | |
8098 | } | |
8099 | } | |
8100 | ||
8101 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
8102 | { | |
8103 | // const_cast | |
8104 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
8105 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
8106 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8107 | ||
8108 | return readonly; | |
8109 | } | |
8110 | ||
8111 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
8112 | { | |
8113 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && | |
8114 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
8115 | } | |
8116 | ||
8117 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
8118 | { | |
8119 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
8120 | // current one if it's read only | |
8121 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; | |
8122 | } | |
8123 | ||
8124 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
8125 | { | |
8126 | bool isShown = false; | |
8127 | ||
8128 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8129 | { | |
8130 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8131 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8132 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8133 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
8134 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8135 | ||
8136 | if ( editor ) | |
8137 | { | |
8138 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8139 | { | |
8140 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
8141 | } | |
8142 | ||
8143 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8144 | } | |
8145 | } | |
8146 | ||
8147 | return isShown; | |
8148 | } | |
8149 | ||
8150 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
8151 | { | |
8152 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8153 | { | |
8154 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
8155 | { | |
8156 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
8157 | return; | |
8158 | } | |
8159 | else | |
8160 | { | |
8161 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
8162 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8163 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8164 | ||
8165 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
8166 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8167 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8168 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
8169 | { | |
8170 | row += cell_rows; | |
8171 | col += cell_cols; | |
8172 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
8173 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
8174 | } | |
8175 | ||
8176 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
8177 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8178 | ||
8179 | int nXMove = 0; | |
8180 | if (rect.x < 0) | |
8181 | nXMove = rect.x; | |
8182 | ||
8183 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
8184 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
8185 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8186 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8187 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(GetCellAttr(row, col)->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
8188 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
8189 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
8190 | ||
8191 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
8192 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
8193 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
8194 | // "don't change." | |
8195 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
8196 | rect.x--; | |
8197 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
8198 | rect.y--; | |
8199 | ||
8200 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8201 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8202 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8203 | { | |
8204 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, | |
8205 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
8206 | ||
8207 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
8208 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
8209 | this, | |
8210 | row, | |
8211 | col, | |
8212 | editor->GetControl()); | |
8213 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
8214 | } | |
8215 | ||
8216 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
8217 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8218 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8219 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
8220 | { | |
8221 | int y; | |
8222 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
8223 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) | |
8224 | maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8225 | } | |
8226 | ||
8227 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
8228 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) | |
8229 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
8230 | ||
8231 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
8232 | { | |
8233 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8234 | // may have changed earlier | |
8235 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
8236 | { | |
8237 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
8238 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
8239 | ||
8240 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
8241 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && | |
8242 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
8243 | { | |
8244 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); | |
8245 | } | |
8246 | else | |
8247 | break; | |
8248 | } | |
8249 | ||
8250 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
8251 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); | |
8252 | } | |
8253 | ||
8254 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); | |
8255 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
8256 | if (nXMove != 0) | |
8257 | editor->GetControl()->Move( | |
8258 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, | |
8259 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); | |
8260 | editor->Show( true, attr ); | |
8261 | ||
8262 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
8263 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
8264 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8265 | ||
8266 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
8267 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
8268 | ||
8269 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8270 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8271 | } | |
8272 | } | |
8273 | } | |
8274 | ||
8275 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
8276 | { | |
8277 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8278 | { | |
8279 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8280 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8281 | ||
8282 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8283 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8284 | editor->Show( false ); | |
8285 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8286 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8287 | ||
8288 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
8289 | ||
8290 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
8291 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
8292 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8293 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
8294 | ||
8295 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
8296 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well | |
8297 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); | |
8298 | #endif | |
8299 | ||
8300 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
8301 | } | |
8302 | } | |
8303 | ||
8304 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
8305 | { | |
8306 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8307 | { | |
8308 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8309 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8310 | ||
8311 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8312 | ||
8313 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8314 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8315 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
8316 | ||
8317 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8318 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8319 | ||
8320 | if (changed) | |
8321 | { | |
8322 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
8323 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
8324 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) | |
8325 | { | |
8326 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
8327 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); | |
8328 | } | |
8329 | } | |
8330 | } | |
8331 | } | |
8332 | ||
8333 | // | |
8334 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
8335 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
8336 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
8337 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
8338 | // | |
8339 | ||
8340 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
8341 | { | |
8342 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
8343 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
8344 | ||
8345 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
8346 | { | |
8347 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8348 | } | |
8349 | else | |
8350 | { | |
8351 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
8352 | } | |
8353 | } | |
8354 | ||
8355 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
8356 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
8357 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
8358 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
8359 | ||
8360 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
8361 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
8362 | bool clipToMinMax) | |
8363 | { | |
8364 | if (coord < 0) | |
8365 | return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1; | |
8366 | ||
8367 | if (!defaultDist) | |
8368 | defaultDist = 1; | |
8369 | ||
8370 | size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist, | |
8371 | i_min = 0; | |
8372 | ||
8373 | if (BorderArray.IsEmpty()) | |
8374 | { | |
8375 | if ((int) i_max < nMax) | |
8376 | return i_max; | |
8377 | return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1; | |
8378 | } | |
8379 | ||
8380 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
8381 | { | |
8382 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8383 | } | |
8384 | else | |
8385 | { | |
8386 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
8387 | { | |
8388 | i_min = i_max; | |
8389 | if (minDist) | |
8390 | i_max = coord / minDist; | |
8391 | else | |
8392 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8393 | } | |
8394 | ||
8395 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
8396 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8397 | } | |
8398 | ||
8399 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
8400 | return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1; | |
8401 | if ( coord < BorderArray[0] ) | |
8402 | return 0; | |
8403 | ||
8404 | while ( i_max - i_min > 0 ) | |
8405 | { | |
8406 | wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max], | |
8407 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol")); | |
8408 | if (coord >= BorderArray[ i_max - 1]) | |
8409 | return i_max; | |
8410 | else | |
8411 | i_max--; | |
8412 | int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2; | |
8413 | if (coord < BorderArray[median]) | |
8414 | i_max = median; | |
8415 | else | |
8416 | i_min = median; | |
8417 | } | |
8418 | ||
8419 | return i_max; | |
8420 | } | |
8421 | ||
8422 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) | |
8423 | { | |
8424 | return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, | |
8425 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false); | |
8426 | } | |
8427 | ||
8428 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) | |
8429 | { | |
8430 | if (x < 0) | |
8431 | return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1; | |
8432 | ||
8433 | if (!m_defaultColWidth) | |
8434 | m_defaultColWidth = 1; | |
8435 | ||
8436 | int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth; | |
8437 | int minPos = 0; | |
8438 | ||
8439 | if (m_colRights.IsEmpty()) | |
8440 | { | |
8441 | if(maxPos < m_numCols) | |
8442 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8443 | return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1; | |
8444 | } | |
8445 | ||
8446 | if ( maxPos >= m_numCols) | |
8447 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8448 | else | |
8449 | { | |
8450 | if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )]) | |
8451 | { | |
8452 | minPos = maxPos; | |
8453 | if (m_minAcceptableColWidth) | |
8454 | maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
8455 | else | |
8456 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8457 | } | |
8458 | if ( maxPos >= m_numCols) | |
8459 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8460 | } | |
8461 | ||
8462 | //X is beyond the last column | |
8463 | if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )]) | |
8464 | return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1; | |
8465 | ||
8466 | //X is before the first column | |
8467 | if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] ) | |
8468 | return GetColAt( 0 ); | |
8469 | ||
8470 | //Perform a binary search | |
8471 | while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 ) | |
8472 | { | |
8473 | wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )], | |
8474 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol")); | |
8475 | ||
8476 | if (x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )]) | |
8477 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8478 | else | |
8479 | maxPos--; | |
8480 | int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; | |
8481 | if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )]) | |
8482 | maxPos = median; | |
8483 | else | |
8484 | minPos = median; | |
8485 | } | |
8486 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8487 | } | |
8488 | ||
8489 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or | |
8490 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
8491 | // | |
8492 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) | |
8493 | { | |
8494 | int i; | |
8495 | i = internalYToRow(y); | |
8496 | ||
8497 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8498 | { | |
8499 | // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are | |
8500 | // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively. | |
8501 | if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8502 | return i; | |
8503 | else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8504 | return i - 1; | |
8505 | } | |
8506 | ||
8507 | return -1; | |
8508 | } | |
8509 | ||
8510 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
8511 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
8512 | // | |
8513 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) | |
8514 | { | |
8515 | int i; | |
8516 | i = internalXToCol(x); | |
8517 | ||
8518 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8519 | { | |
8520 | // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are | |
8521 | // close enough to right or left border, respectively. | |
8522 | if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8523 | return i; | |
8524 | else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8525 | return i - 1; | |
8526 | } | |
8527 | ||
8528 | return -1; | |
8529 | } | |
8530 | ||
8531 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) | |
8532 | { | |
8533 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
8534 | ||
8535 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8536 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8537 | { | |
8538 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8539 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
8540 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8541 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
8542 | if (cell_rows < 0) | |
8543 | row += cell_rows; | |
8544 | if (cell_cols < 0) | |
8545 | col += cell_cols; | |
8546 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8547 | ||
8548 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
8549 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8550 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
8551 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
8552 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) | |
8553 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
8554 | } | |
8555 | ||
8556 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
8557 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) | |
8558 | { | |
8559 | rect.width -= 1; | |
8560 | rect.height -= 1; | |
8561 | } | |
8562 | ||
8563 | return rect; | |
8564 | } | |
8565 | ||
8566 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) | |
8567 | { | |
8568 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8569 | // | |
8570 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8571 | ||
8572 | // convert to device coords | |
8573 | // | |
8574 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8575 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8576 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8577 | ||
8578 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
8579 | int cw, ch; | |
8580 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8581 | ||
8582 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
8583 | { | |
8584 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
8585 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
8586 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
8587 | } | |
8588 | else | |
8589 | { | |
8590 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
8591 | // | |
8592 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
8593 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
8594 | } | |
8595 | } | |
8596 | ||
8597 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
8598 | // of scrolling | |
8599 | // | |
8600 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
8601 | { | |
8602 | int i; | |
8603 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
8604 | ||
8605 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8606 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8607 | { | |
8608 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8609 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8610 | ||
8611 | // convert to device coords | |
8612 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8613 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8614 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8615 | ||
8616 | int cw, ch; | |
8617 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8618 | ||
8619 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
8620 | { | |
8621 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8622 | } | |
8623 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
8624 | { | |
8625 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
8626 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8627 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
8628 | { | |
8629 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
8630 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
8631 | break; | |
8632 | ||
8633 | h += rowHeight; | |
8634 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
8635 | } | |
8636 | ||
8637 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
8638 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, | |
8639 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
8640 | // | |
8641 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, | |
8642 | // so just add a full scroll unit... | |
8643 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; | |
8644 | } | |
8645 | ||
8646 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! | |
8647 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between | |
8648 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! | |
8649 | // if ( left < 0 ) | |
8650 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) | |
8651 | { | |
8652 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
8653 | } | |
8654 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
8655 | { | |
8656 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
8657 | int x0, y0; | |
8658 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
8659 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
8660 | ||
8661 | // see comment for ypos above | |
8662 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; | |
8663 | } | |
8664 | ||
8665 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
8666 | { | |
8667 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
8668 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; | |
8669 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
8670 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; | |
8671 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
8672 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
8673 | } | |
8674 | } | |
8675 | } | |
8676 | ||
8677 | // | |
8678 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
8679 | // | |
8680 | ||
8681 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
8682 | { | |
8683 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8684 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) | |
8685 | { | |
8686 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8687 | { | |
8688 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8689 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8690 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8691 | { | |
8692 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
8693 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8694 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8695 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8696 | } | |
8697 | } | |
8698 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8699 | { | |
8700 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1; | |
8701 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8702 | ClearSelection(); | |
8703 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8704 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8705 | } | |
8706 | else | |
8707 | return false; | |
8708 | ||
8709 | return true; | |
8710 | } | |
8711 | ||
8712 | return false; | |
8713 | } | |
8714 | ||
8715 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
8716 | { | |
8717 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8718 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) | |
8719 | { | |
8720 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8721 | { | |
8722 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8723 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8724 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8725 | { | |
8726 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
8727 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8728 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8729 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8730 | } | |
8731 | } | |
8732 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8733 | { | |
8734 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1; | |
8735 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8736 | ClearSelection(); | |
8737 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8738 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8739 | } | |
8740 | else | |
8741 | return false; | |
8742 | ||
8743 | return true; | |
8744 | } | |
8745 | ||
8746 | return false; | |
8747 | } | |
8748 | ||
8749 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
8750 | { | |
8751 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8752 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) | |
8753 | { | |
8754 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8755 | { | |
8756 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8757 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8758 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
8759 | { | |
8760 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
8761 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8762 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8763 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8764 | } | |
8765 | } | |
8766 | else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 ) | |
8767 | { | |
8768 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8769 | int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 ); | |
8770 | ClearSelection(); | |
8771 | ||
8772 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8773 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8774 | } | |
8775 | else | |
8776 | return false; | |
8777 | ||
8778 | return true; | |
8779 | } | |
8780 | ||
8781 | return false; | |
8782 | } | |
8783 | ||
8784 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
8785 | { | |
8786 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8787 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) | |
8788 | { | |
8789 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8790 | { | |
8791 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8792 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8793 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8794 | { | |
8795 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
8796 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8797 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8798 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8799 | } | |
8800 | } | |
8801 | else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8802 | { | |
8803 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8804 | int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 ); | |
8805 | ClearSelection(); | |
8806 | ||
8807 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8808 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8809 | } | |
8810 | else | |
8811 | return false; | |
8812 | ||
8813 | return true; | |
8814 | } | |
8815 | ||
8816 | return false; | |
8817 | } | |
8818 | ||
8819 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
8820 | { | |
8821 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8822 | return false; | |
8823 | ||
8824 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8825 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
8826 | { | |
8827 | int cw, ch; | |
8828 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8829 | ||
8830 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8831 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
8832 | ||
8833 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
8834 | { | |
8835 | // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here. | |
8836 | newRow = row - 1; | |
8837 | } | |
8838 | ||
8839 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8840 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8841 | ||
8842 | return true; | |
8843 | } | |
8844 | ||
8845 | return false; | |
8846 | } | |
8847 | ||
8848 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
8849 | { | |
8850 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8851 | return false; | |
8852 | ||
8853 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8854 | if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows ) | |
8855 | { | |
8856 | int cw, ch; | |
8857 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8858 | ||
8859 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8860 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch ); | |
8861 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
8862 | { | |
8863 | // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here. | |
8864 | newRow = row + 1; | |
8865 | } | |
8866 | ||
8867 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8868 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8869 | ||
8870 | return true; | |
8871 | } | |
8872 | ||
8873 | return false; | |
8874 | } | |
8875 | ||
8876 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8877 | { | |
8878 | if ( m_table && | |
8879 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8880 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8881 | { | |
8882 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8883 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8884 | ||
8885 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8886 | { | |
8887 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8888 | // non-empty cells | |
8889 | // | |
8890 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8891 | { | |
8892 | row--; | |
8893 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8894 | break; | |
8895 | } | |
8896 | } | |
8897 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) ) | |
8898 | { | |
8899 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
8900 | // | |
8901 | row--; | |
8902 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8903 | { | |
8904 | row--; | |
8905 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8906 | break; | |
8907 | } | |
8908 | } | |
8909 | else | |
8910 | { | |
8911 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
8912 | // | |
8913 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8914 | { | |
8915 | row--; | |
8916 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8917 | { | |
8918 | row++; | |
8919 | break; | |
8920 | } | |
8921 | } | |
8922 | } | |
8923 | ||
8924 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8925 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8926 | { | |
8927 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8928 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8929 | } | |
8930 | else | |
8931 | { | |
8932 | ClearSelection(); | |
8933 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8934 | } | |
8935 | ||
8936 | return true; | |
8937 | } | |
8938 | ||
8939 | return false; | |
8940 | } | |
8941 | ||
8942 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8943 | { | |
8944 | if ( m_table && | |
8945 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8946 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8947 | { | |
8948 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8949 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8950 | ||
8951 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8952 | { | |
8953 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8954 | // non-empty cells | |
8955 | // | |
8956 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8957 | { | |
8958 | row++; | |
8959 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8960 | break; | |
8961 | } | |
8962 | } | |
8963 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) ) | |
8964 | { | |
8965 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
8966 | // | |
8967 | row++; | |
8968 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8969 | { | |
8970 | row++; | |
8971 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8972 | break; | |
8973 | } | |
8974 | } | |
8975 | else | |
8976 | { | |
8977 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
8978 | // | |
8979 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8980 | { | |
8981 | row++; | |
8982 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8983 | { | |
8984 | row--; | |
8985 | break; | |
8986 | } | |
8987 | } | |
8988 | } | |
8989 | ||
8990 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8991 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8992 | { | |
8993 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8994 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8995 | } | |
8996 | else | |
8997 | { | |
8998 | ClearSelection(); | |
8999 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9000 | } | |
9001 | ||
9002 | return true; | |
9003 | } | |
9004 | ||
9005 | return false; | |
9006 | } | |
9007 | ||
9008 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9009 | { | |
9010 | if ( m_table && | |
9011 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9012 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
9013 | { | |
9014 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9015 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9016 | ||
9017 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9018 | { | |
9019 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9020 | // non-empty cells | |
9021 | // | |
9022 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9023 | { | |
9024 | col--; | |
9025 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9026 | break; | |
9027 | } | |
9028 | } | |
9029 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) ) | |
9030 | { | |
9031 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
9032 | // | |
9033 | col--; | |
9034 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9035 | { | |
9036 | col--; | |
9037 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9038 | break; | |
9039 | } | |
9040 | } | |
9041 | else | |
9042 | { | |
9043 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
9044 | // | |
9045 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9046 | { | |
9047 | col--; | |
9048 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9049 | { | |
9050 | col++; | |
9051 | break; | |
9052 | } | |
9053 | } | |
9054 | } | |
9055 | ||
9056 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9057 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9058 | { | |
9059 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9060 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9061 | } | |
9062 | else | |
9063 | { | |
9064 | ClearSelection(); | |
9065 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9066 | } | |
9067 | ||
9068 | return true; | |
9069 | } | |
9070 | ||
9071 | return false; | |
9072 | } | |
9073 | ||
9074 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9075 | { | |
9076 | if ( m_table && | |
9077 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9078 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9079 | { | |
9080 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9081 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9082 | ||
9083 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9084 | { | |
9085 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9086 | // non-empty cells | |
9087 | // | |
9088 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9089 | { | |
9090 | col++; | |
9091 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9092 | break; | |
9093 | } | |
9094 | } | |
9095 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) ) | |
9096 | { | |
9097 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
9098 | // | |
9099 | col++; | |
9100 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9101 | { | |
9102 | col++; | |
9103 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9104 | break; | |
9105 | } | |
9106 | } | |
9107 | else | |
9108 | { | |
9109 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
9110 | // | |
9111 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9112 | { | |
9113 | col++; | |
9114 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9115 | { | |
9116 | col--; | |
9117 | break; | |
9118 | } | |
9119 | } | |
9120 | } | |
9121 | ||
9122 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9123 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9124 | { | |
9125 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9126 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9127 | } | |
9128 | else | |
9129 | { | |
9130 | ClearSelection(); | |
9131 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9132 | } | |
9133 | ||
9134 | return true; | |
9135 | } | |
9136 | ||
9137 | return false; | |
9138 | } | |
9139 | ||
9140 | // | |
9141 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
9142 | // | |
9143 | ||
9144 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9145 | { | |
9146 | if ( horiz ) | |
9147 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
9148 | if ( vert ) | |
9149 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
9150 | } | |
9151 | ||
9152 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9153 | { | |
9154 | if ( horiz ) | |
9155 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
9156 | if ( vert ) | |
9157 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
9158 | } | |
9159 | ||
9160 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() | |
9161 | { | |
9162 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
9163 | } | |
9164 | ||
9165 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
9166 | { | |
9167 | if ( m_table ) | |
9168 | { | |
9169 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
9170 | } | |
9171 | else | |
9172 | { | |
9173 | wxString s; | |
9174 | s << row; | |
9175 | return s; | |
9176 | } | |
9177 | } | |
9178 | ||
9179 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
9180 | { | |
9181 | if ( m_table ) | |
9182 | { | |
9183 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
9184 | } | |
9185 | else | |
9186 | { | |
9187 | wxString s; | |
9188 | s << col; | |
9189 | return s; | |
9190 | } | |
9191 | } | |
9192 | ||
9193 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
9194 | { | |
9195 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); | |
9196 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
9197 | { | |
9198 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
9199 | { | |
9200 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9201 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9202 | } | |
9203 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
9204 | { | |
9205 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9206 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) | |
9207 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9208 | } | |
9209 | ||
9210 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
9211 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9212 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9213 | } | |
9214 | } | |
9215 | ||
9216 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
9217 | { | |
9218 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); | |
9219 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
9220 | { | |
9221 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
9222 | { | |
9223 | m_colLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9224 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9225 | } | |
9226 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
9227 | { | |
9228 | m_colLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9229 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) | |
9230 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9231 | } | |
9232 | ||
9233 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
9234 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9235 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9236 | } | |
9237 | } | |
9238 | ||
9239 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9240 | { | |
9241 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
9242 | { | |
9243 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
9244 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9245 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9246 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9247 | ||
9248 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9249 | { | |
9250 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9251 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9252 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9253 | } | |
9254 | } | |
9255 | } | |
9256 | ||
9257 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9258 | { | |
9259 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
9260 | { | |
9261 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
9262 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9263 | { | |
9264 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9265 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9266 | } | |
9267 | } | |
9268 | } | |
9269 | ||
9270 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9271 | { | |
9272 | m_labelFont = font; | |
9273 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9274 | { | |
9275 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9276 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9277 | } | |
9278 | } | |
9279 | ||
9280 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9281 | { | |
9282 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9283 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9284 | { | |
9285 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9286 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9287 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9288 | } | |
9289 | ||
9290 | switch ( vert ) | |
9291 | { | |
9292 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9293 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9294 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9295 | } | |
9296 | ||
9297 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9298 | { | |
9299 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9300 | } | |
9301 | ||
9302 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9303 | { | |
9304 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9305 | } | |
9306 | ||
9307 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9308 | { | |
9309 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9310 | } | |
9311 | } | |
9312 | ||
9313 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9314 | { | |
9315 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9316 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9317 | { | |
9318 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9319 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9320 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9321 | } | |
9322 | ||
9323 | switch ( vert ) | |
9324 | { | |
9325 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9326 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9327 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9328 | } | |
9329 | ||
9330 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9331 | { | |
9332 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9333 | } | |
9334 | ||
9335 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9336 | { | |
9337 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9338 | } | |
9339 | ||
9340 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9341 | { | |
9342 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9343 | } | |
9344 | } | |
9345 | ||
9346 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
9347 | // does not support vertical printing | |
9348 | // | |
9349 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
9350 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
9351 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
9352 | // | |
9353 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
9354 | { | |
9355 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
9356 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
9357 | ||
9358 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9359 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9360 | } | |
9361 | ||
9362 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
9363 | { | |
9364 | if ( m_table ) | |
9365 | { | |
9366 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
9367 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9368 | { | |
9369 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); | |
9370 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
9371 | { | |
9372 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9373 | rect.x = 0; | |
9374 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
9375 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9376 | } | |
9377 | } | |
9378 | } | |
9379 | } | |
9380 | ||
9381 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
9382 | { | |
9383 | if ( m_table ) | |
9384 | { | |
9385 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
9386 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9387 | { | |
9388 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
9389 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
9390 | { | |
9391 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9392 | rect.y = 0; | |
9393 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
9394 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9395 | } | |
9396 | } | |
9397 | } | |
9398 | } | |
9399 | ||
9400 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9401 | { | |
9402 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
9403 | { | |
9404 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
9405 | ||
9406 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9407 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9408 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9409 | } | |
9410 | } | |
9411 | ||
9412 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9413 | { | |
9414 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
9415 | { | |
9416 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
9417 | ||
9418 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9419 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9420 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9421 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
9422 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9423 | } | |
9424 | } | |
9425 | ||
9426 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
9427 | { | |
9428 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) | |
9429 | { | |
9430 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
9431 | ||
9432 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9433 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9434 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9435 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9436 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9437 | return; | |
9438 | ||
9439 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9440 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9441 | } | |
9442 | } | |
9443 | ||
9444 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
9445 | { | |
9446 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) | |
9447 | { | |
9448 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
9449 | ||
9450 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9451 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9452 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9453 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9454 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9455 | return; | |
9456 | ||
9457 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9458 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9459 | } | |
9460 | } | |
9461 | ||
9462 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
9463 | { | |
9464 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
9465 | { | |
9466 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
9467 | ||
9468 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9469 | { | |
9470 | if ( enable ) | |
9471 | { | |
9472 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9473 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9474 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9475 | } | |
9476 | else | |
9477 | { | |
9478 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
9479 | } | |
9480 | } | |
9481 | } | |
9482 | } | |
9483 | ||
9484 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() | |
9485 | { | |
9486 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9487 | } | |
9488 | ||
9489 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) | |
9490 | { | |
9491 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
9492 | ||
9493 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
9494 | } | |
9495 | ||
9496 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() | |
9497 | { | |
9498 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
9499 | } | |
9500 | ||
9501 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) | |
9502 | { | |
9503 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
9504 | ||
9505 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
9506 | } | |
9507 | ||
9508 | // ============================================================================ | |
9509 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
9510 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
9511 | // ============================================================================ | |
9512 | ||
9513 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9514 | // setting default attributes | |
9515 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9516 | ||
9517 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9518 | { | |
9519 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9520 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
9521 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9522 | #endif | |
9523 | } | |
9524 | ||
9525 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9526 | { | |
9527 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
9528 | } | |
9529 | ||
9530 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9531 | { | |
9532 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9533 | } | |
9534 | ||
9535 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
9536 | { | |
9537 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9538 | } | |
9539 | ||
9540 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9541 | { | |
9542 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
9543 | } | |
9544 | ||
9545 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the | |
9546 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string | |
9547 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to | |
9548 | // work correctly. | |
9549 | ||
9550 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9551 | { | |
9552 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9553 | renderer, | |
9554 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); | |
9555 | } | |
9556 | ||
9557 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
9558 | { | |
9559 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9560 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), | |
9561 | editor); | |
9562 | } | |
9563 | ||
9564 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9565 | // access to the default attrbiutes | |
9566 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9567 | ||
9568 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() | |
9569 | { | |
9570 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9571 | } | |
9572 | ||
9573 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() | |
9574 | { | |
9575 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
9576 | } | |
9577 | ||
9578 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() | |
9579 | { | |
9580 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
9581 | } | |
9582 | ||
9583 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9584 | { | |
9585 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9586 | } | |
9587 | ||
9588 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() | |
9589 | { | |
9590 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
9591 | } | |
9592 | ||
9593 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
9594 | { | |
9595 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9596 | } | |
9597 | ||
9598 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
9599 | { | |
9600 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9601 | } | |
9602 | ||
9603 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9604 | // access to cell attributes | |
9605 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9606 | ||
9607 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) | |
9608 | { | |
9609 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9610 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9611 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9612 | ||
9613 | return colour; | |
9614 | } | |
9615 | ||
9616 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) | |
9617 | { | |
9618 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9619 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
9620 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9621 | ||
9622 | return colour; | |
9623 | } | |
9624 | ||
9625 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) | |
9626 | { | |
9627 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9628 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
9629 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9630 | ||
9631 | return font; | |
9632 | } | |
9633 | ||
9634 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9635 | { | |
9636 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9637 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9638 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9639 | } | |
9640 | ||
9641 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) | |
9642 | { | |
9643 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9644 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
9645 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9646 | ||
9647 | return allow; | |
9648 | } | |
9649 | ||
9650 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) | |
9651 | { | |
9652 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9653 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
9654 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9655 | } | |
9656 | ||
9657 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) | |
9658 | { | |
9659 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9660 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
9661 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9662 | ||
9663 | return renderer; | |
9664 | } | |
9665 | ||
9666 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) | |
9667 | { | |
9668 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9669 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
9670 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9671 | ||
9672 | return editor; | |
9673 | } | |
9674 | ||
9675 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
9676 | { | |
9677 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9678 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
9679 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9680 | ||
9681 | return isReadOnly; | |
9682 | } | |
9683 | ||
9684 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9685 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
9686 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9687 | ||
9688 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() | |
9689 | { | |
9690 | if ( !m_table ) | |
9691 | { | |
9692 | return false; | |
9693 | } | |
9694 | ||
9695 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9696 | } | |
9697 | ||
9698 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
9699 | { | |
9700 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
9701 | { | |
9702 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9703 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
9704 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
9705 | } | |
9706 | } | |
9707 | ||
9708 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
9709 | { | |
9710 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
9711 | { | |
9712 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
9713 | ||
9714 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
9715 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
9716 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
9717 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
9718 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
9719 | } | |
9720 | } | |
9721 | ||
9722 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
9723 | { | |
9724 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
9725 | { | |
9726 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
9727 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9728 | ||
9729 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9730 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
9731 | #endif | |
9732 | ||
9733 | return true; | |
9734 | } | |
9735 | else | |
9736 | { | |
9737 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9738 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
9739 | #endif | |
9740 | ||
9741 | return false; | |
9742 | } | |
9743 | } | |
9744 | ||
9745 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9746 | { | |
9747 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
9748 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
9749 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
9750 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
9751 | { | |
9752 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
9753 | { | |
9754 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
9755 | : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
9756 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
9757 | } | |
9758 | } | |
9759 | ||
9760 | if (attr) | |
9761 | { | |
9762 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9763 | } | |
9764 | else | |
9765 | { | |
9766 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
9767 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9768 | } | |
9769 | ||
9770 | return attr; | |
9771 | } | |
9772 | ||
9773 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9774 | { | |
9775 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
9776 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9777 | ||
9778 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed")); | |
9779 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") ); | |
9780 | ||
9781 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
9782 | if ( !attr ) | |
9783 | { | |
9784 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9785 | ||
9786 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
9787 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9788 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9789 | } | |
9790 | ||
9791 | return attr; | |
9792 | } | |
9793 | ||
9794 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9795 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
9796 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9797 | ||
9798 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
9799 | { | |
9800 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
9801 | } | |
9802 | ||
9803 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
9804 | { | |
9805 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
9806 | } | |
9807 | ||
9808 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
9809 | { | |
9810 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
9811 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
9812 | { | |
9813 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
9814 | } | |
9815 | ||
9816 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
9817 | } | |
9818 | ||
9819 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
9820 | { | |
9821 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
9822 | if (!attr) | |
9823 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
9824 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
9825 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
9826 | ||
9827 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
9828 | ||
9829 | } | |
9830 | ||
9831 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9832 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
9833 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9834 | ||
9835 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9836 | { | |
9837 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9838 | { | |
9839 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9840 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9841 | } | |
9842 | else | |
9843 | { | |
9844 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9845 | } | |
9846 | } | |
9847 | ||
9848 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9849 | { | |
9850 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9851 | { | |
9852 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
9853 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9854 | } | |
9855 | else | |
9856 | { | |
9857 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9858 | } | |
9859 | } | |
9860 | ||
9861 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9862 | { | |
9863 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9864 | { | |
9865 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
9866 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9867 | } | |
9868 | else | |
9869 | { | |
9870 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9871 | } | |
9872 | } | |
9873 | ||
9874 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9875 | { | |
9876 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9877 | { | |
9878 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9879 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
9880 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9881 | } | |
9882 | } | |
9883 | ||
9884 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9885 | { | |
9886 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9887 | { | |
9888 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9889 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
9890 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9891 | } | |
9892 | } | |
9893 | ||
9894 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
9895 | { | |
9896 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9897 | { | |
9898 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9899 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
9900 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9901 | } | |
9902 | } | |
9903 | ||
9904 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
9905 | { | |
9906 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9907 | { | |
9908 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9909 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9910 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9911 | } | |
9912 | } | |
9913 | ||
9914 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
9915 | { | |
9916 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9917 | { | |
9918 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9919 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9920 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9921 | } | |
9922 | } | |
9923 | ||
9924 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
9925 | { | |
9926 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9927 | { | |
9928 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
9929 | ||
9930 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9931 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
9932 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
9933 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9934 | ||
9935 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
9936 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
9937 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
9938 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
9939 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
9940 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
9941 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
9942 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
9943 | ||
9944 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
9945 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1)) | |
9946 | { | |
9947 | int i, j; | |
9948 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
9949 | { | |
9950 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
9951 | { | |
9952 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
9953 | { | |
9954 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
9955 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
9956 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
9957 | } | |
9958 | } | |
9959 | } | |
9960 | } | |
9961 | ||
9962 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
9963 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
9964 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
9965 | { | |
9966 | int i, j; | |
9967 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) | |
9968 | { | |
9969 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) | |
9970 | { | |
9971 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
9972 | { | |
9973 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
9974 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); | |
9975 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
9976 | } | |
9977 | } | |
9978 | } | |
9979 | } | |
9980 | } | |
9981 | } | |
9982 | ||
9983 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9984 | { | |
9985 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9986 | { | |
9987 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9988 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
9989 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9990 | } | |
9991 | } | |
9992 | ||
9993 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
9994 | { | |
9995 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9996 | { | |
9997 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9998 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
9999 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10000 | } | |
10001 | } | |
10002 | ||
10003 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
10004 | { | |
10005 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10006 | { | |
10007 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10008 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
10009 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10010 | } | |
10011 | } | |
10012 | ||
10013 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10014 | // Data type registration | |
10015 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10016 | ||
10017 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
10018 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
10019 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10020 | { | |
10021 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
10022 | } | |
10023 | ||
10024 | ||
10025 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10026 | { | |
10027 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10028 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
10029 | } | |
10030 | ||
10031 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10032 | { | |
10033 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10034 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
10035 | } | |
10036 | ||
10037 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10038 | { | |
10039 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10040 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10041 | { | |
10042 | wxString errStr; | |
10043 | ||
10044 | errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()); | |
10045 | wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str()); | |
10046 | ||
10047 | return NULL; | |
10048 | } | |
10049 | ||
10050 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
10051 | } | |
10052 | ||
10053 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10054 | { | |
10055 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10056 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10057 | { | |
10058 | wxString errStr; | |
10059 | ||
10060 | errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()); | |
10061 | wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str()); | |
10062 | ||
10063 | return NULL; | |
10064 | } | |
10065 | ||
10066 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
10067 | } | |
10068 | ||
10069 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10070 | // row/col size | |
10071 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10072 | ||
10073 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
10074 | { | |
10075 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
10076 | } | |
10077 | ||
10078 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
10079 | { | |
10080 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
10081 | } | |
10082 | ||
10083 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
10084 | { | |
10085 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
10086 | } | |
10087 | ||
10088 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) | |
10089 | { | |
10090 | m_canDragCell = enable; | |
10091 | } | |
10092 | ||
10093 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
10094 | { | |
10095 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
10096 | ||
10097 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
10098 | { | |
10099 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
10100 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
10101 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10102 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10103 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
10104 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
10105 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10106 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10107 | } | |
10108 | } | |
10109 | ||
10110 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
10111 | { | |
10112 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
10113 | ||
10114 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
10115 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10116 | return; | |
10117 | ||
10118 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
10119 | { | |
10120 | // need to really create the array | |
10121 | InitRowHeights(); | |
10122 | } | |
10123 | ||
10124 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
10125 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
10126 | ||
10127 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
10128 | int i; | |
10129 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
10130 | { | |
10131 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
10132 | } | |
10133 | ||
10134 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10135 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10136 | } | |
10137 | ||
10138 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
10139 | { | |
10140 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ); | |
10141 | ||
10142 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
10143 | { | |
10144 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
10145 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
10146 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10147 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10148 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
10149 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
10150 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10151 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10152 | } | |
10153 | } | |
10154 | ||
10155 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
10156 | { | |
10157 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
10158 | ||
10159 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
10160 | // (VZ) | |
10161 | // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's | |
10162 | // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker | |
10163 | // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering | |
10164 | // | |
10165 | // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734 | |
10166 | ||
10167 | if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) | |
10168 | return; | |
10169 | ||
10170 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
10171 | { | |
10172 | // need to really create the array | |
10173 | InitColWidths(); | |
10174 | } | |
10175 | ||
10176 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label | |
10177 | if ( width < 0 ) | |
10178 | { | |
10179 | long w, h; | |
10180 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10181 | wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin); | |
10182 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10183 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
10184 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
10185 | width = w + 6; | |
10186 | } | |
10187 | ||
10188 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
10189 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
10190 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
10191 | ||
10192 | int i; | |
10193 | int colPos; | |
10194 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( col ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
10195 | { | |
10196 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
10197 | m_colRights[i] += diff; | |
10198 | } | |
10199 | ||
10200 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10201 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10202 | } | |
10203 | ||
10204 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
10205 | { | |
10206 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) | |
10207 | { | |
10208 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10209 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; | |
10210 | } | |
10211 | } | |
10212 | ||
10213 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
10214 | { | |
10215 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10216 | { | |
10217 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10218 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; | |
10219 | } | |
10220 | } | |
10221 | ||
10222 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
10223 | { | |
10224 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10225 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); | |
10226 | ||
10227 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10228 | } | |
10229 | ||
10230 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
10231 | { | |
10232 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10233 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); | |
10234 | ||
10235 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10236 | } | |
10237 | ||
10238 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
10239 | { | |
10240 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us | |
10241 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. | |
10242 | if ( width >= 0 ) | |
10243 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
10244 | } | |
10245 | ||
10246 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
10247 | { | |
10248 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us | |
10249 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. | |
10250 | if ( height >= 0 ) | |
10251 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
10252 | } | |
10253 | ||
10254 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
10255 | { | |
10256 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10257 | } | |
10258 | ||
10259 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
10260 | { | |
10261 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10262 | } | |
10263 | ||
10264 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10265 | // auto sizing | |
10266 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10267 | ||
10268 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) | |
10269 | { | |
10270 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
10271 | ||
10272 | // cancel editing of cell | |
10273 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10274 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10275 | ||
10276 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one | |
10277 | int row = -1, | |
10278 | col = -1; | |
10279 | if ( column ) | |
10280 | col = colOrRow; | |
10281 | else | |
10282 | row = colOrRow; | |
10283 | ||
10284 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
10285 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
10286 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
10287 | { | |
10288 | if ( column ) | |
10289 | row = rowOrCol; | |
10290 | else | |
10291 | col = rowOrCol; | |
10292 | ||
10293 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
10294 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
10295 | if ( renderer ) | |
10296 | { | |
10297 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
10298 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
10299 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10300 | extentMax = extent; | |
10301 | ||
10302 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
10303 | } | |
10304 | ||
10305 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10306 | } | |
10307 | ||
10308 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
10309 | wxCoord w, h; | |
10310 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
10311 | ||
10312 | if ( column ) | |
10313 | { | |
10314 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
10315 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
10316 | w = h; | |
10317 | } | |
10318 | else | |
10319 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
10320 | ||
10321 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
10322 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10323 | extentMax = extent; | |
10324 | ||
10325 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
10326 | { | |
10327 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
10328 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
10329 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10330 | } | |
10331 | else | |
10332 | { | |
10333 | if ( column ) | |
10334 | // leave some space around text | |
10335 | extentMax += 10; | |
10336 | else | |
10337 | extentMax += 6; | |
10338 | } | |
10339 | ||
10340 | if ( column ) | |
10341 | { | |
10342 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); | |
10343 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10344 | { | |
10345 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10346 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10347 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
10348 | rect.y = 0; | |
10349 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
10350 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
10351 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10352 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10353 | } | |
10354 | } | |
10355 | else | |
10356 | { | |
10357 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
10358 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10359 | { | |
10360 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10361 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10362 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
10363 | rect.x = 0; | |
10364 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10365 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10366 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
10367 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10368 | } | |
10369 | } | |
10370 | ||
10371 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
10372 | { | |
10373 | if ( column ) | |
10374 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
10375 | else | |
10376 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
10377 | } | |
10378 | } | |
10379 | ||
10380 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10381 | { | |
10382 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10383 | ||
10384 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10385 | BeginBatch(); | |
10386 | ||
10387 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10388 | { | |
10389 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10390 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
10391 | ||
10392 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
10393 | } | |
10394 | ||
10395 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10396 | EndBatch(); | |
10397 | ||
10398 | return width; | |
10399 | } | |
10400 | ||
10401 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10402 | { | |
10403 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10404 | ||
10405 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10406 | BeginBatch(); | |
10407 | ||
10408 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10409 | { | |
10410 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10411 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
10412 | ||
10413 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
10414 | } | |
10415 | ||
10416 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10417 | EndBatch(); | |
10418 | ||
10419 | return height; | |
10420 | } | |
10421 | ||
10422 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
10423 | { | |
10424 | BeginBatch(); | |
10425 | ||
10426 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false)); | |
10427 | ||
10428 | // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we | |
10429 | // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width | |
10430 | // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary | |
10431 | // scrollbar steps | |
10432 | wxSize sizeFit( | |
10433 | GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX, | |
10434 | GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY ); | |
10435 | ||
10436 | // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having | |
10437 | // extra white space | |
10438 | ||
10439 | // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above | |
10440 | wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1); | |
10441 | if ( diff && m_numCols ) | |
10442 | { | |
10443 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
10444 | wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols; | |
10445 | if ( diffPerCol ) | |
10446 | { | |
10447 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10448 | { | |
10449 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol); | |
10450 | } | |
10451 | } | |
10452 | ||
10453 | // add remaining amount to the last columns | |
10454 | diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols; | |
10455 | if ( diff ) | |
10456 | { | |
10457 | for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- ) | |
10458 | { | |
10459 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1); | |
10460 | } | |
10461 | } | |
10462 | } | |
10463 | ||
10464 | // same for rows | |
10465 | diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1); | |
10466 | if ( diff && m_numRows ) | |
10467 | { | |
10468 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
10469 | wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows; | |
10470 | if ( diffPerRow ) | |
10471 | { | |
10472 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10473 | { | |
10474 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow); | |
10475 | } | |
10476 | } | |
10477 | ||
10478 | // add remaining amount to the last rows | |
10479 | diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows; | |
10480 | if ( diff ) | |
10481 | { | |
10482 | for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- ) | |
10483 | { | |
10484 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1); | |
10485 | } | |
10486 | } | |
10487 | } | |
10488 | ||
10489 | EndBatch(); | |
10490 | ||
10491 | SetClientSize(sizeFit); | |
10492 | } | |
10493 | ||
10494 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
10495 | { | |
10496 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10497 | long w, h; | |
10498 | ||
10499 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10500 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10501 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10502 | { | |
10503 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10504 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10505 | } | |
10506 | ||
10507 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
10508 | StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines ); | |
10509 | wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin ); | |
10510 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10511 | if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight ) | |
10512 | h = m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10513 | SetRowSize(row, h); | |
10514 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10515 | } | |
10516 | ||
10517 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
10518 | { | |
10519 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10520 | long w, h; | |
10521 | ||
10522 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10523 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10524 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10525 | { | |
10526 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10527 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10528 | } | |
10529 | ||
10530 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
10531 | StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines ); | |
10532 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
10533 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
10534 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10535 | else | |
10536 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); | |
10537 | if ( w < m_defaultColWidth ) | |
10538 | w = m_defaultColWidth; | |
10539 | SetColSize(col, w); | |
10540 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10541 | } | |
10542 | ||
10543 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
10544 | { | |
10545 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them | |
10546 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
10547 | ||
10548 | int width, height; | |
10549 | width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true); | |
10550 | height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true); | |
10551 | ||
10552 | if (!width) | |
10553 | width = 100; | |
10554 | if (!height) | |
10555 | height = 80; | |
10556 | ||
10557 | // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate | |
10558 | // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid of the scrollbars; | |
10559 | // is there any magic incantation for that? | |
10560 | int xpu, ypu; | |
10561 | GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu); | |
10562 | if (xpu) | |
10563 | width += 1 + xpu - (width % xpu); | |
10564 | if (ypu) | |
10565 | height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu); | |
10566 | ||
10567 | // limit to 1/4 of the screen size | |
10568 | int maxwidth, maxheight; | |
10569 | wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight ); | |
10570 | maxwidth /= 2; | |
10571 | maxheight /= 2; | |
10572 | if ( width > maxwidth ) | |
10573 | width = maxwidth; | |
10574 | if ( height > maxheight ) | |
10575 | height = maxheight; | |
10576 | ||
10577 | wxSize best(width, height); | |
10578 | ||
10579 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to | |
10580 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this | |
10581 | // calculation. | |
10582 | // CacheBestSize(size); | |
10583 | ||
10584 | return best; | |
10585 | } | |
10586 | ||
10587 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
10588 | { | |
10589 | AutoSize(); | |
10590 | } | |
10591 | ||
10592 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
10593 | { | |
10594 | return wxNullPen; | |
10595 | } | |
10596 | ||
10597 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10598 | // cell value accessor functions | |
10599 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10600 | ||
10601 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
10602 | { | |
10603 | if ( m_table ) | |
10604 | { | |
10605 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
10606 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10607 | { | |
10608 | int dummy; | |
10609 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
10610 | rect.x = 0; | |
10611 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
10612 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10613 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
10614 | } | |
10615 | ||
10616 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
10617 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
10618 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
10619 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
10620 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
10621 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
10622 | { | |
10623 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10624 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
10625 | } | |
10626 | } | |
10627 | } | |
10628 | ||
10629 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10630 | // block, row and column selection | |
10631 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10632 | ||
10633 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
10634 | { | |
10635 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10636 | ClearSelection(); | |
10637 | ||
10638 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10639 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected ); | |
10640 | } | |
10641 | ||
10642 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
10643 | { | |
10644 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10645 | ClearSelection(); | |
10646 | ||
10647 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10648 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected ); | |
10649 | } | |
10650 | ||
10651 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
10652 | bool addToSelected ) | |
10653 | { | |
10654 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10655 | ClearSelection(); | |
10656 | ||
10657 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10658 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, | |
10659 | false, addToSelected ); | |
10660 | } | |
10661 | ||
10662 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
10663 | { | |
10664 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
10665 | { | |
10666 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10667 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
10668 | } | |
10669 | } | |
10670 | ||
10671 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10672 | // cell, row and col deselection | |
10673 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10674 | ||
10675 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) | |
10676 | { | |
10677 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10678 | return; | |
10679 | ||
10680 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
10681 | { | |
10682 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) | |
10683 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0); | |
10684 | } | |
10685 | else | |
10686 | { | |
10687 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); | |
10688 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ ) | |
10689 | { | |
10690 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) | |
10691 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i); | |
10692 | } | |
10693 | } | |
10694 | } | |
10695 | ||
10696 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) | |
10697 | { | |
10698 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10699 | return; | |
10700 | ||
10701 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
10702 | { | |
10703 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) | |
10704 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col); | |
10705 | } | |
10706 | else | |
10707 | { | |
10708 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); | |
10709 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ ) | |
10710 | { | |
10711 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) | |
10712 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); | |
10713 | } | |
10714 | } | |
10715 | } | |
10716 | ||
10717 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
10718 | { | |
10719 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
10720 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
10721 | } | |
10722 | ||
10723 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() | |
10724 | { | |
10725 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
10726 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
10727 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
10728 | } | |
10729 | ||
10730 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
10731 | { | |
10732 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
10733 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
10734 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
10735 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
10736 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
10737 | } | |
10738 | ||
10739 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
10740 | { | |
10741 | if (!m_selection) | |
10742 | { | |
10743 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10744 | return a; | |
10745 | } | |
10746 | ||
10747 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
10748 | } | |
10749 | ||
10750 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
10751 | { | |
10752 | if (!m_selection) | |
10753 | { | |
10754 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10755 | return a; | |
10756 | } | |
10757 | ||
10758 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
10759 | } | |
10760 | ||
10761 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
10762 | { | |
10763 | if (!m_selection) | |
10764 | { | |
10765 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10766 | return a; | |
10767 | } | |
10768 | ||
10769 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
10770 | } | |
10771 | ||
10772 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
10773 | { | |
10774 | if (!m_selection) | |
10775 | { | |
10776 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10777 | return a; | |
10778 | } | |
10779 | ||
10780 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
10781 | } | |
10782 | ||
10783 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
10784 | { | |
10785 | if (!m_selection) | |
10786 | { | |
10787 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10788 | return a; | |
10789 | } | |
10790 | ||
10791 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
10792 | } | |
10793 | ||
10794 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
10795 | { | |
10796 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
10797 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
10798 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10799 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
10800 | } | |
10801 | ||
10802 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
10803 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
10804 | // | |
10805 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, | |
10806 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) | |
10807 | { | |
10808 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); | |
10809 | wxRect cellRect; | |
10810 | ||
10811 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); | |
10812 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
10813 | { | |
10814 | rect = cellRect; | |
10815 | } | |
10816 | else | |
10817 | { | |
10818 | rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
10819 | } | |
10820 | ||
10821 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); | |
10822 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
10823 | { | |
10824 | rect += cellRect; | |
10825 | } | |
10826 | else | |
10827 | { | |
10828 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
10829 | } | |
10830 | ||
10831 | int i, j; | |
10832 | int left = rect.GetLeft(); | |
10833 | int top = rect.GetTop(); | |
10834 | int right = rect.GetRight(); | |
10835 | int bottom = rect.GetBottom(); | |
10836 | ||
10837 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
10838 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
10839 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
10840 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
10841 | ||
10842 | if (left > right) | |
10843 | { | |
10844 | i = left; | |
10845 | left = right; | |
10846 | right = i; | |
10847 | i = leftCol; | |
10848 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
10849 | rightCol = i; | |
10850 | } | |
10851 | ||
10852 | if (top > bottom) | |
10853 | { | |
10854 | i = top; | |
10855 | top = bottom; | |
10856 | bottom = i; | |
10857 | i = topRow; | |
10858 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
10859 | bottomRow = i; | |
10860 | } | |
10861 | ||
10862 | for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) | |
10863 | { | |
10864 | for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ ) | |
10865 | { | |
10866 | if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol)) | |
10867 | { | |
10868 | cellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
10869 | ||
10870 | if (cellRect.x < left) | |
10871 | left = cellRect.x; | |
10872 | if (cellRect.y < top) | |
10873 | top = cellRect.y; | |
10874 | if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right) | |
10875 | right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width; | |
10876 | if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom) | |
10877 | bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height; | |
10878 | } | |
10879 | else | |
10880 | { | |
10881 | i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
10882 | } | |
10883 | } | |
10884 | } | |
10885 | ||
10886 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
10887 | // | |
10888 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
10889 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
10890 | ||
10891 | int cw, ch; | |
10892 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10893 | ||
10894 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
10895 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); | |
10896 | ||
10897 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
10898 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
10899 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
10900 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
10901 | ||
10902 | return rect; | |
10903 | } | |
10904 | ||
10905 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10906 | // grid event classes | |
10907 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10908 | ||
10909 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10910 | ||
10911 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10912 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
10913 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10914 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10915 | { | |
10916 | m_row = row; | |
10917 | m_col = col; | |
10918 | m_x = x; | |
10919 | m_y = y; | |
10920 | m_selecting = sel; | |
10921 | m_control = control; | |
10922 | m_shift = shift; | |
10923 | m_alt = alt; | |
10924 | m_meta = meta; | |
10925 | ||
10926 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10927 | } | |
10928 | ||
10929 | ||
10930 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10931 | ||
10932 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10933 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
10934 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10935 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10936 | { | |
10937 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
10938 | m_x = x; | |
10939 | m_y = y; | |
10940 | m_control = control; | |
10941 | m_shift = shift; | |
10942 | m_alt = alt; | |
10943 | m_meta = meta; | |
10944 | ||
10945 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10946 | } | |
10947 | ||
10948 | ||
10949 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10950 | ||
10951 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10952 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
10953 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
10954 | bool sel, bool control, | |
10955 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10956 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10957 | { | |
10958 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
10959 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
10960 | m_selecting = sel; | |
10961 | m_control = control; | |
10962 | m_shift = shift; | |
10963 | m_alt = alt; | |
10964 | m_meta = meta; | |
10965 | ||
10966 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10967 | } | |
10968 | ||
10969 | ||
10970 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
10971 | ||
10972 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
10973 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
10974 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
10975 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
10976 | { | |
10977 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10978 | m_row = row; | |
10979 | m_col = col; | |
10980 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
10981 | } | |
10982 | ||
10983 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |